Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

EP0724446A1 - Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes - Google Patents

Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes

Info

Publication number
EP0724446A1
EP0724446A1 EP94930595A EP94930595A EP0724446A1 EP 0724446 A1 EP0724446 A1 EP 0724446A1 EP 94930595 A EP94930595 A EP 94930595A EP 94930595 A EP94930595 A EP 94930595A EP 0724446 A1 EP0724446 A1 EP 0724446A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
gly
hcl
borolys
hydrocinnamoyl
phenethyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP94930595A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP0724446A4 (en
Inventor
Robert Anthony Galemmo, Jr.
Matthew Mark Apartment 3312 ABELMAN
Eugene Cruz Amparo
John Matthew Fevig
Robert Madara Knabb
William Henry Miller
Gregory James Pacofsky
Patricia Carol Weber
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Bristol Myers Squibb Pharma Co
Original Assignee
DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical Co filed Critical DuPont Merck Pharmaceutical Co
Publication of EP0724446A1 publication Critical patent/EP0724446A1/en
Publication of EP0724446A4 publication Critical patent/EP0724446A4/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/02—Linear peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F5/02—Boron compounds
    • C07F5/025—Boronic and borinic acid compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53—Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5325—Aromatic phosphine oxides or thioxides (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06191—Dipeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • This invention relates generally to electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like serine
  • proteases 15 proteases. These compounds are dipeptides in which an electrophilic derivative of an ⁇ -amino acid is conjugated with an N, N-disubstituted ⁇ -amino acid.
  • the N, N- disubstituted ⁇ -amino acid conjugates of the electrophilic amino acid analog are derivatives of an amino acid where
  • the ⁇ -amino group is alkylated and acylated or diacylated to give alicyclic or cyclic substituents.
  • the electrophilic functional groups used to derivatize these peptide analogs are: boronic acids and their esters, ⁇ - ono- and ⁇ -perhaloketones, aldehydes, vicinal di- and
  • Electrophilic tripeptide analogs 30 containing the ( (D-phenylalanyl)prolyl) - arginyl- sequence are well known as effective inhibitors of the trypsin-like i serine protease thrombin.
  • H-(D)Phe-Pro-ArgCH 2 Cl was first reported by Kettner and Shaw ⁇ Thromb . Res . 14, 969 (1979)) to be a selective but irreversible inhibitor of human 35 thrombin.
  • a number of studies looking for alternatives to the electrophilic Pi argininechloromethylketones that would yield a reversible protease inhibitor have been reported. Bajuez et al . ⁇ Folia Haematol . 109, s.
  • Patent disclosures in this area have centered around suitably protected peptides composed of natural and unnatural amino acids.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,187,157 DuPont Merck has disclosed peptides comprised of C-terminal boronic acid derivatives of lysine, ornithine and arginine as reversible inhibitors of trypsin-like serine proteases, as well as a series of boropeptides active as elastase inhibitors in U.S. Patent No. 4,499,082.
  • the present invention concerns dipeptides which contain an electrophilic derivative of an ⁇ -amino acid at P conjugated with an N, N-disubstituted ⁇ -amino acid at P 2 .
  • the electrophilic functional groups used to derivatize the Pi amino acid analog are: boronic acids and their esters, ⁇ -mono- and ⁇ -perhaloketones, vicinal di- and tricarbonyl compounds, and ⁇ . ⁇ -dihalo- ⁇ ketoesters .
  • N, N- disubstituted ⁇ -amino acids are derivatives of an amino acid other than proline where the ⁇ -amino group is alkylated and acylated or diacylated to give alicyclic or cyclic substituents.
  • these compounds are found to have the advantage of an improved toxicological profile as well as the selectivity and inhibition activity for thrombin required for a useful therapeutic agent.
  • R 1 is a) -(C1-C12 alkyl)-X, b) -(C 1 -C 12 alkenyl)-X, or c)
  • R 2 IS a) hydrogen, or b) C1-C4 alkyl
  • R 4 and R ⁇ are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisitng of: a) hydrogen, b) C 1 -C4 alkyl, c) - (C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, or d) C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen, b) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, c) C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, d) aryl, e) -(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, f) -(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -heterocycle, g) -O-aryl, h) -(CH2)p-C0 R 4 , i) R ⁇ and R 7 can be taken together to form a (C 2 -C 7 ) alkyl, or j) R 8 and R 9 can be taken together to form a (C 2 -C 7 ) alkyl;
  • phenyl wherein phenyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 7 - C 15 alkylaryl, C 7 -C 15 alkoxyaryl, methylenedioxy,
  • R 11 ' is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) C 1 -C 4 alkyl
  • R 13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen b) halogen, c) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, d) C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, e) methylenedioxy, f) -NO2, g) -CF3, h) -SH, i) -S(0) r -(C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl) , j) -CN, k) -OH,
  • R---' nd R-- ⁇ are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydroge , b) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, c) -(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, where aryl is defined above, d) C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl, or e) phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by R 13 , f) C1-C4 alkoxy; R 15 and R 16 taken together to form a ring can also include: a)
  • R 17 is : a) hydrogen, b) C 1 -C 4 alkyl , c) aryl, wherein aryl is defined above, d) -(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) -aryl, wherein aryl is defined above, or e) C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 18 is: a) hydrogen, b) -(C 1 -C 5 ) alkyl, or c) -(C 1 -C 5 ) haloalkyl, d) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
  • R-- 1S a) hydrogen, b) -(C 1 -C 5 ) alkyl, c) halo, or d) -(C 1 -C 5 ) haloalkyl, e) -NO2, f) -NR 4 R 5 ' g) -CN, h) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
  • R 20 is a) hydrogen; or b) -N 2 with amine protecting;
  • Ci-Cs alkoxy or when taken together Y ⁇ and Y 2 form: e) a cyclic boron ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or
  • a cyclic boron amide-ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are a) -OH or b) -F;
  • n 0 or 1 p is 0 to 3 q is 0 to 4, r is 0 to 2, t is 1 to 3. u is 1 to 4, v is 1 to 17
  • Specifically preferred compounds of this invention include:
  • CioHie [N-(-C (0) Ph-3-CH 2 Ph) -N-(CH 3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie [N-(-C(0)Ph-3-CH 2 Ph-2-CF 3 ) -N-(CH 3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C 10 H 16 [N-(-C (0) (CH 2 ) 2 h) -N-(C 2 H 5 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie [N-(-C (0) (CH 2 ) 2 h) -N-(C 6 H 12 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH 2 )2Ph) -N-( ⁇ H 2 ) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - 10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH 2 )2Ph)-N-( ⁇ (CH 3 ) 2 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C 1 0H16 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-( ⁇ HBoc) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie [N-(-C (0) Ph) -N-(CH 3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -C 10 H 16 [N-(-C(0) (CH 2 )2Ph)-N-CH 2 Ph) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
  • CioHie [N- -C(O) (CH 2 ) 2 Ph) -N- ( i-C 3 H 7 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
  • compositions comprising one or more of the foregoing compounds and methods of using such compositions in the treatment of aberrant proteolysis such as thrombosis in mammals .
  • Trp L-tryptophan
  • the "D” prefix for the foregoing abbreviations indicates the amino acid is in the D-configuration.
  • “D,L” indicates the amino is present in mixture of the D- and the -configuration.
  • the prefix "boro” indicates amino acid residues where the carboxyl is replaced by a boronic acid or a boronic acid ester. For example, if R-'- is isopropyl and ⁇ l and Y 2 are OH, the C-terminal residue is abbreviated "boroVal-OH” where "-OH” indicates the boronic acid is in the form of the free acid.
  • pinanediol boronic acid ester and the pinacol boronic acid ester are abbreviated "- Cl ⁇ Hi6" and "-C6H 2", respectively.
  • Examples of other useful diols for esterification with the boronic acids are 1, 2-ethanediol, 1, 3-propanediol, 1, 2-propanediol, 2,3- butanediol, 1, 2-diisopropylethanediol, 5, 6-decanediol, and 1, 2-dicyclohexylethanediol .
  • the compounds of the present invention contain one or more chiral centers and that these stereoisomers may possess distinct physical and biological properties.
  • the present invention comprises all of the stereoisomers or mixtures thereof. If the pure enantiomers or diasteromers are desired, they may be prepared using starting materials with the appropriate stereochemistry, or may be separated from mixtures of undesired stereoisomers by standard techniques, including chiral chromatography and recrystalization of diastereomeric salts.
  • amine-blocking group refers to various acyl, thioacyl, alkyl, sulfonyl, phosphoryl, and phosphinyl groups comprised of 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Substituents on these groups maybe either alkyl, aryl, alkaryl which may contain the heteroatoms, 0, S, and N as a substituent or as inchain component. A number of amine-blocking groups are recognized by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • suitable groups include for yl, acetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, and methoxysuccinyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups, such as, benzyloxycarbonyl; and aliphatic urethane protecting groups, such as t-butoxycarbonyl or adamantyloxycarbonyl.
  • aromatic urethane protecting groups such as, benzyloxycarbonyl
  • aliphatic urethane protecting groups such as t-butoxycarbonyl or adamantyloxycarbonyl.
  • amino acid residues refers to natural or unnatural amino acids of either D- or L- configuration. Natural amino acids residues are Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gin, Glu, Gly, His, lie, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, and Val. Roberts and Vellaccio, The Peptides, Vol 5; 341-449 (1983), Academic Press, New York, discloses numerous suitable unnatural amino acids and is incorporated herein by reference for that purpose. "Amino acids residues” also refers to various amino acids where ⁇ idechain functional groups are coupled with appropriate protecting groups known to those skilled in the art.
  • alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • Alkoxy represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.
  • Cycloalkyl is intended to include saturated ring groups, including mono-,bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl and cyclooctyl, and so forth.
  • Alkenyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
  • Halo or “halogen” as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • aryl is defined as phenyl, fluorenyl, biphenyl and naphthyl, which may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents.
  • heteroaryl is meant to include 5-, 6-, 9-, or 10-membered mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings which can optionally contain from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of 0, N, and S; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents.
  • heteroaryl include the following: 2- , or 3-, or 4-pyridyl; 2-or 3-furyl; 2- or 3-benzofuranyl; 2-, or 3-thiophenyl; 2- or 3-benzo[b] thiophenyl; 2-, or 3-, or 4-quinolinyl; 1-, or 3-, or 4-isoquinolinyl; 2- or 3- pyrrolyl; 1- or 2- or 3- indolyl; 2-, or 4-, or 5-oxazolyl; 2-benzoxazolyl ; 2- or 4- or 5-imidazolyl; 1- or 2- benzimidazolyl; 2- or 4- or 5-thiazolyl; 2-benzothiazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-isoxazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-pyrazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-isothiazolyl; 3- or 4-pyridazinyl; 2- or 4- or 5- pyrimidinyl; 2-pyrazinyl; 2-triaziny
  • heterocycle is meant to include 5-, 6-, 9-, or 10-membered mono- or bicyclic rings which can optionally contain from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0, or S, with the proviso that proline is excluded from this group; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents.
  • group heterocycle include tetrahydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine. Particularly preferred are 1-, 3-, or 4-tetrahdroisoquinolinyl .
  • stable compound or “stable structure” is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound of formula (I) is modified by making acid or base salts of the compound of formula (I) .
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • Prodrugs are considered to be any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug according to formula (I) in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (I) are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds .
  • Prodrugs include compounds of formula (I) wherein hydroxy, amine, or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy1, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of formula (I); and the like.
  • compositions of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 17th ed.,
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared using the reactions and techniques described below, in addition to synthetic procedures described in Applicant's Assignee's commonly assigned patent applications U ⁇ SN 08/010,731 (filed January 29, 1993), USSN 08/036,378 (filed March 24, 1993), and USSN 08/052,835 (filed April 27, 1993), all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformations being effected. It will be understood by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on the molecule should be consistent with the transformations proposed.
  • M is a carboxylic acid protecting group
  • N, N-disubstituted amino acid subunit can be accomplished by the sequence outlined in Scheme 1.
  • a variety of methods for the asymmetric synthesis of the amino acids required for the amino acid ester substrate (II) is reviewed by Morrison and Mosher (Asymmetri c Organic Reactions , American Chemical Society, 297-334 (1976) and references there in) .
  • the appropriate ester (II) where M is the ester residue, can be conjugated to give the N-substituted intermediate (III) by N-monoalkylation with an alkyl halide related to R 11 .
  • Typical conditions for N-monoalkylation include the admixture of an excess of (II), the required alkyl bromide or iodide and a base in an anhydrous polar aprotic solvent, such as acetone, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide.
  • anhydrous polar aprotic solvent such as acetone, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide.
  • the base added is chosen so that it will not interfere with the ester functionality of (II) ; among those recommended are non-nucleophilic bases such as sodium hydride or potassium carbonate.
  • Another general route for the preparation of compounds of this type is the reductive amination of (II) with a selected aldehyde related to R 11 .
  • a mixture of (II) and the aldehyde are heated in an anhydrous non polar solvent, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, with continuous removal of evolved water by drying agents or azeotropic distillation.
  • This process causes condensation of the aldehyde with amine (II) .
  • the condensation product is reduced to monoalkylated (III) by treatment with a selective hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium borohydride, according to the method of Getson et . al . , J.
  • the second method is the mixed anhydride procedure of Anderson et al . reported in J. Am. Chem . Soc . 89, 5012 (1967) .
  • the alkyl mixed anhydride is generated by dissolving a selected carboxylic acid related to R 3 in non-polar anhydrous solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane, and adding one equivalent of a trialkylamine base.
  • the solution is stirred at -78°C or higher and one equivalent of an alkylchloroformate is added.
  • a solution of one equivalent each of intermediate (III) and a trialkylamine base is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred with or without cooling until the reaction is complete.
  • the third method preferred for amide formation is the hydroxybenzotriazole / dialkylcarbodiimide method of Koing and Geiger in Chem. Ber. 103, 788 (1970) .
  • a selected carboxylic acid related to R 3 dissolved in an aprotic solvent like N, N-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, at -78°C or higher, is added dialkylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenzotriazole and a trialkylamine base. If necessary, the stirred solution is allowed to thaw to ambient temperature over several hours .
  • N, N-disubstituted amino acids uses ⁇ -halo- or ⁇ -sulfonate acylesters such as (V) of Scheme 2.
  • Compound (V) can be treated with a primary amine related to R 11 in.the presence of a variety of bases like potassium carbonate, triethyl amine or sodium hydride and in solvents such as ethyl ether, acetone or dimethylformamide at temperatures ranging from -78° C to the reflux point of the solvent selected.
  • N-alkyl aminoacid ester (III) of Scheme 1 From this reaction can be isolated the N-alkyl aminoacid ester (III) of Scheme 1; the N-alkyl -N-acylamino acid ester (IV) can be prepared from compound (III) by any of the methods outlined in Scheme 1 and the related discussion hereafter.
  • the alkali metal salt of the required cyclic amide or phthalimide is generated by adding one equivalent of a strong non-nucleophilic base such as sodium or potassium hydride, a lithium dialkylamine, or lithium trimethyl- or lithium triphenylmethane to a solution of the amide or phthalimide in an anhydrous inert solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, at -78° C or higher.
  • anhydrous inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, at -78° C or higher.
  • the solvent is removed by distillation and replaced by the appropriate polar aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, N, N- dimethylformamide or methylsulfoxide.
  • the appropriate ⁇ - chloro- or ⁇ -bromoester is introduced and the mixture stirred at room temperature or with heating until the haloester is consumed.
  • Scheme 3 illustrates the coupling of the acid derivatives of (IV) or (VI) with boropeptide synthons (VII) or (VIII) to give intermediates (IX) or (X) .
  • a process for the preparation of the boropeptide thrombin inhibitors of this invention from intermediates (IX) and (X) is disclosed in Scheme 4.
  • Compound (IX) serves as a starting point for isothiouronium thrombin inhibitors (XI) and (XII) .
  • the boronic ester (XI) is prepared by stirring a solution of (IX) and thiourea in an inert polar solvent, such as an alcohol or N, N- dimethylformamide, at temperatures ranging from ambient to the reflux temperature of the selected solvent.
  • a boronic acid ester like compound (XI) is an effective thrombin inhibitor, however, it may be transformed to the corresponding free boronic acid (XII) without a loss of biological activity.
  • Compound (XII) is derived from the boron ester (XI) by transesterification under equilibrium conditions.
  • Thrombin inhibitors (XIII) to (XVI) are obtained by reduction of an azide intermediate prepared from (IX) or (X) .
  • the azide intermediate is prepared by heating either (IX) or (X) with an inorganic azide, such as sodium or potassium azide, in an anhydrous polar aprotic
  • phase transfer conditions may be employed to prepare the azide intermediate from (IX) or (X) .
  • a tetraalkylammonium azide in a non-polar aprotic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or toluene, or a crown ether and inorganic azide in biphasic mixtures of water and an immiscible solvent, such as benzene, toluene or xylene can be stirred at room temperature or heated up to the reflux point of the selected solvent .
  • the primary amines (XIII) and (XIV) are most conveniently obtained from the catalytic hydrogenation of the azide in an inert solvent, such as an alcohol, ethyl acetate or tetrahydrofuran with a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium on carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas .
  • an inert solvent such as an alcohol, ethyl acetate or tetrahydrofuran with a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium on carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas .
  • the acid salt of the resulting amines (XIII) and (XIV) may be formed by the addition of one equivalent of the desired acid to the hydrogenation mixture.
  • Phenylboric acid mediated hydrolysis of esters (XIII) and (XIV) gives the free boronic acid thrombin inhibitors (XV) and (XVI) , compounds of formula (I) of the invention.
  • guanidine boronic acid esters (XVII) can be deesterified to give the corresponding boronic acid (XVIII) by the phenylboric acid procedure described above.
  • Effective methods include the use of potassium or sodium cyanides in polar aprotic solvents, such as N,N- dimethy1formamide, methylsulfoxide, acetone or ethylmethyl ketone, at temperatures ranging from ambient up to the reflux point of the selected solvent. More useful, however, are conditions employing phase transfer agents such as tetrabutylammonium cyanide in a nonpolar aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or toluene, or a biphasic mixture of a crown ether and an inorganic cyanide in water with an immiscible solvent like benzene, toluene or xylene.
  • phase transfer agents such as tetrabutylammonium cyanide in a nonpolar aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or toluene, or a biphasic mixture of a crown ether and an inorganic cyanide in water with an immiscible
  • An amidine like (XX) is prepared by first treating nitrile (XIX) with a saturated solution of a mineral acid such as hydrogen chloride in an alcohol solvent at room temperature or lower.
  • a mineral acid such as hydrogen chloride
  • the intermediate O-alkylimidate can be exposed to ammonia, or a primary or secondary amine under anhydrous conditions with or without an inert solvent.
  • compound (XX) is produced by treating the O-alkylimidate formed from (XIX) with neat anhydrous ammonia at reflux.
  • the free boronic acid (XXI) is obtained by transesterification of (XX) with phenylboric acid in a mixture of water and diethyl ether.
  • the formamidine substituted boronic acid (XXIII) is prepared from alkylamine (XV) as shown in Scheme 6.
  • Compounds of (XV) can be stirred with an O-alkyl or O-aryl formimidate from 0°C or up to the reflux temperature of an inert anhydrous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or N, N- dimethylformamide to give formamidine (XXII) .
  • Free boronic acid (XXIII) is produced from (XXII) by the phenylboric acid transesterification protocol.
  • the N-cyanoguanidine substituted boronic acid (XXVI) can be prepared by the reaction of (XV) with an N-cyanoisourylation agent such as £,_?-dimethyl N-cyanoiminodithiocarbonate or 0, O-diphenyl N-cyanodiimino- carbonate.
  • N-cyanoisourylation agent such as £,_?-dimethyl N-cyanoiminodithiocarbonate or 0, O-diphenyl N-cyanodiimino- carbonate.
  • compounds of Formula (XV) are combined with a selected iminocarbonate in an inert, anhydrous solvent like tetrahydrofuran or N, N- dimethylformamide.
  • ammonia or more generally, an alkylamine or an arylamine with or without an inert solvent like water, tetrahydrofuran or an alcohol at temperatures ranging from 0°C to reflux to give the aminolysis product (XXV) .
  • Treatment of (XXV) as described above with phenylboric acid can provide (XXVI) .
  • N-hydroxyguanidino inhibitors are prepared by treating amine (XV) with cyanogen bromide or cyanogen chloride followed by hydroxylamine in an inert• solvent to yield (XXVII) according to ⁇ akahara et. al., Tetrahedron 33, 1591 (1977); and Belzecki et al., J. Chem. Soc . Chem . Commun . p. 806 (1970) . Transesterification of (XXVII) by the phenylboric acid method can provide (XXVIII) .
  • the a-aminoboronic acid, (XXX) can be obtained by treating (XXIX) with the sodium or lithium salt of hexamethyldisilizane in a polar aprotic solvent like acetone, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide with heating at temperature up to the reflux point of the selected solvent, if necessary.
  • a polar aprotic solvent like acetone, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide
  • compound (XXXIa) is a versatile intermediate that can be hydrogenated to yield the aminomethyl derivative (XXXIIIa) under a variety of conditions (Hudlicky, (1984), pp 173).
  • Catalysts recommended for this transformation include transition metals like rhodium, Raney nickel, nickel boride, nickel, platinum or palladium; these reductions occur readily under atmospheres of hydrogen or ammonia at pressures ranging from 1 to 300 atmospheres, at room temperature or higher, and in inert solvents such as water, an alcohol, ethyl acetate or tetrahydrofuran.
  • Aromatic boronic acid inhibitors (XLIa.b) , with the guanidine functionality substituted directly on the aromatic nucleus, can be prepared from precursor (XXXVIII) according to Scheme 11. Nitration of the aromatic ring of (XXXVIII) according to the method of Olah and Kuhn, J. Amer. Chem. Soc.
  • 84, 3684 (1962) can occur readily with agents such as acetyl nitrate, nitrosonium tetrafluoroborate (N ⁇ 2 + BF 4 ⁇ ) and nitrosonium hexafluorophosphate (N ⁇ 2 + PF 6 ⁇ ) in inert solvents like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at -78°C or higher.
  • agents such as acetyl nitrate, nitrosonium tetrafluoroborate (N ⁇ 2 + BF 4 ⁇ ) and nitrosonium hexafluorophosphate (N ⁇ 2 + PF 6 ⁇ ) in inert solvents like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at -78°C or higher.
  • the products of formula (XXXIX) can be reduced to the aniline derivative (LX) by catalytic hydrogenation.
  • the catalysts recommended for this procedure include iron, zinc, platinum oxide, rhodium
  • the aniline (LX) can be converted to the phenylguanidine (LXIa) by the procedure described for (XVII) in Scheme 4.
  • the transformation of (LXIa) to the free boronic acid (LXIb) is effected as in Scheme 4.
  • the several types of inhibitors disclosed in this invention can be broadly classified by their electrophilic functional group _ ⁇ , as defined in Formula -(I) .
  • the compounds described below unlike the boron containing peptides, utilize a highly electrophilic carbon atom at A to interact with the active site serine of thrombin.
  • the precursor for the electrophilic carbon inhibitors is the appropriately protected amino acid (LXII) of Scheme 12.
  • M alkyl or benzyl
  • the acid can be transformed to the mixed anhydride by condensation of the trialkylammonium salt of the acid with an alkyl- or arylchloroformate in an inert non-polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or toluene at-78°C to
  • the peptidyl alcohol can be oxidized to aldehyde (LII) without over oxidation by a variety of procedures, as detailed by Hudlicky in Oxidations in Organic Chemistry, American Chemical Society, p. 114 (1991) ; the preferred methods
  • a metallated trifluoromethyl anion is generated from an excess of trifluoromethyliodide or -bromide and an active metal such as zinc, magnesium, lithium or cadmium in inert, anhydrous solvents like tetrahydrofuran or N,N-dimethyIformamide at temperatures of -100°C up to the reflux point of the solvent.
  • an active metal such as zinc, magnesium, lithium or cadmium in inert, anhydrous solvents like tetrahydrofuran or N,N-dimethyIformamide
  • the metalated trifluoromethyl anion may be generated by the transmetallation of trifluoromethyliodide or -bromide with an organometallic compound such as a Grignard reagent or alkyllithium compound in an inert solvent like tetrahydrofuran, hexane or ether at temperatures ranging from -78°C up to the reflux point of the selected solvent.
  • an organometallic compound such as a Grignard reagent or alkyllithium compound in an inert solvent like tetrahydrofuran, hexane or ether at temperatures ranging from -78°C up to the reflux point of the selected solvent.
  • Aldehyde (LII) can be added to the solution of the metalated trifluoromethyl anion to form the trifluoroethanol derivative at temperatures of -100°C or higher.
  • Trihalomethyl analogs of (LIII) where J is fluoro can also be prepared from aldehyde (LII) by a different method.
  • the trihalomethyl ketones are prepared by treating aldehyde (LII) with either the trimethylsilyl trihaloacetate or the potassium or sodium trihaloacetate in a polar solvent such as an alcohol, N, N-dimethylformamide or methylsulfoxide with or without a base such as a trialkyl amine, potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide at temperatures of -78°C or higher according to the method of Beaulieu, Tetrahedron Lett . 32, 1031 (1991); Shell Int. Res., European Patent Application EP 16504 ) .
  • the resulting a,a,a-trihaloethanol is oxidized and group X can be deprotected as above to give the thrombin inhibitors or formulae (LIII) .
  • the a-ketoester thrombin inhibitors exemplified by (LV) , are prepared according to a route disclosed by Iwanowicz et. al. in Bioorgan . Med. Chem. Let t . 12, 1607 (1992) .
  • the tris (ethylthio)methyl anion is added to the peptidyl aldehyde (LII) in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane or toluene at -100°C or higher to give the alcohol (LIV) .
  • the a-hydroxyl ester is generated from (LIV) by treatment with a mixture of mercuric salts, such as mercuric chloride and mercuric oxide, in an alcohol or water. Swern or Pfitzner-Moffat oxidation of the a-hydroxyl ester followed by the deprotection of substituent X protecting group provides thrombin inhibitors of formula (LV) .
  • This alkoxyolefin product may then be transformed to (LV) by oxidative cleavage with reagents such as ozone or periodate in an inert solvent such as a halohydrocarbon, lower alkyl ketone, an alcohol or water at temperatures ranging from -100 °C to ambient temperature, followed by oxidation of the intervening a-hydroxyester and deprotection as described above.
  • reagents such as ozone or periodate in an inert solvent such as a halohydrocarbon, lower alkyl ketone, an alcohol or water at temperatures ranging from -100 °C to ambient temperature, followed by oxidation of the intervening a-hydroxyester and deprotection as described above.
  • reagents such as ozone or periodate in an inert solvent such as a halohydrocarbon, lower alkyl ketone, an alcohol or water at temperatures ranging from -100 °C to ambient temperature
  • the a,a-dihalomethylketone (LVII), where J is fluoro can be prepared from the aldehyde (LII) by selective reaction of the aldehyde with the anion of the corresponding dihalomethane.
  • the metalated dihalomethane anion is generated from one equivalent each of a strong hindered base, such as lithium tetramethylpiperidide or tertbutyllithium, and the selected dihalomethane in an anhydrous, inerfsolvent like tetrahydrofuran or 1,2- dimethoxyethane at -100°C or higher according to the method of Taguchi et. al. Bull . Chem. Soc. Jpn . , 50, 1588 (1977).
  • the metalated dihalomethane anion can be added to the aldehyde (LII) at -100°C or higher.
  • the dihalomethane anion is generated from a dihalomethyl (trimethyl)silane and an anhydrous fluoride ion source such as tris (diethylamino)sulfonium difluoromethyl silicate in an inert solvent like benzene, acetonitrile or tetrahydrofuran at -78°C or higher, then (LII) can be added to give dihaloethanol (LVI) according to the method of Fujita and Hiyama, J. Am . Chem . Soc . 107, 4085 (1985) .
  • a-Halomethylketone thrombin inhibitors can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 17.
  • the acid chloride (LVIII) can be prepared from acid (LI), wherein M is hydrogen or its trialkylammonium, sodium or potassium salt with a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride or dichloromethylmethyl ether in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane with or without a catalytic amount of N. N-dimethylformamide at -78°C or higher.
  • a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride or dichloromethylmethyl ether in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane with or without a catalytic amount of N. N-dimethylformamide at -78°C or higher.
  • the mixed anhydride of (LI) may be prepared as described for (LI) in Scheme 15.
  • Compound (LVIII) or the mixed anhydride of (LI) can be treated with an ether solution of diazomethane and either anhydrous hydrogen fluoride or hydrogen chloride gas according to that described by McPhee and Klingsbury, Org. Synth . Coll . Ill, 119 (1955); or hydrogen bromide according to the method Miescher and Kaji, Helv. Chim . Acta . 24, 1471 (1941) .
  • the preparative routes for the synthesis of the a- mono- and a,a-dihalo-b-ketoester -amide and ketone thrombin inhibitors of this invention are summarized in Scheme 19.
  • the exemplified jb-ketoester (LXII) is available from the acid derivative (LI) .
  • the acid (LI) can be treated with carbonyl diimidazole in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at 0°C or higher to form the acyl imidazole.
  • This acyl imidazole, or the mixed anhydride of (LI) can be further reacted with lithioethylacetate in solvents such as 1, 2-dimethoxyethane or tetrahydrofuran/hexane at temperatures ranging from
  • Reagents such as N- fluorobis [ (trifluoromethyl) sulfonyl] imide are useful for the preparation of mono- and difluoro analogs (LXIII) and (LXIV) by reacting the appropriate stoichiometry of this reagent with (LXII) in a halogenated solvent at temperatures of -78°C or higher according to the method of Resnati and DesMarteau, J. Org . Chem. 56, 4925 (1991). Deprotection of substituent X of the halogenation products (LXIII) and (LXIV) can provide the corresponding thrombin inhibitors.
  • the decarboxylation of these halogenation products, (LXIII) and (LXIV) can be effected by saponification of the ester with mild aqueous base such as potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide in water miscible solvents like an alcohol, tetrahydrofuran or N. N-dimethyIformamide, followed by adjusting the pH to a range of 4 to 6.
  • This mixture can be either stirred at ambient temperatures or heated at various temperatures up to the reflux point of the solvent chosen until the formation of (LVII) or (LIX) is complete and is similar to that reported in Matsuda et. al., Tetrahedron Lett . 30, 4259 (1989). Removal of protecting group(s) can provide thrombin inhibitors corresponding to (LVII) or (LIX) .
  • Inhibitors which contain a substituted phenethyl group as R 11 are easily prepared according to Scheme 26.
  • the appropriate phenylacetate (XCIV) is readily dialkylated with an excess of a small, unbranched alkyl halide (R 18 -X) and a suitable base such as .potassium tert-butoxide to form an a,a-bisalkylated ester (XCVa) .
  • Reduction of XCVa to the primary alcohol may accomplished with many hydride reducing agents, a preferred agent being lithium aluminum hydride. Oxidation of the alcohol under Swern conditions or with pyridinium chlorochromate affords the aldehyde (XCV) .
  • XCV is best coupled to the appropriate glycine derivative by reductive amination, a preferred procedure being reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • the resulting amine (XCVI) is then coupled with R 3 by any of several standard amide bond forming reactions familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • a preferred method involves treating the amine with the appropriate acid chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine base, such as N- methylmorpholine or triethylamine. Saponifica ion of the ester affords the carboxylic acid (XCVII) .
  • the acid (XCVII) is then coupled to (LXXXVI) and elaborated to the inhibitors of the present invention by following the procedures outlined in Schemes 3, 4, and 5.
  • Inhibitors which contain a 1 , w-alkanediyl substituted phenethyl group (XCVb) as R 11 are easily prepared according to Scheme 27 .
  • This procedure is similar to that of Scheme 26 , except that a l , w-bifunctional alkylating agent (X-R 18 - X) instead of a monofunctional alkylating agent (R 18 -X) .
  • inhibitors of the present invention with the general formula (XCVII lb ) may be prepared .
  • Inhibitors in which R- is an acylalkyl terminated by a carboxylic acid or ester are prepared by the general route described in Scheme 28. Reaction of a suitably substituted cyclic anhydride (C) with an alkoxide such as sodium benzyl oxide affords a mono-protected diacid (C .
  • ester groups should allow for selective deprotection of the glycine carboxylate.
  • Preferred ester groups are methyl or ethyl on the glycine carboxylate and benzyl on the acylalkyl chain, so that saponification gives the acid (CII) .
  • (CII) is then converted to the final products (CIII) following methods described in previous schemes.
  • Part A To hydrocinnamic acid (10.0 g, 66.7 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (6.74 g, 66.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF, 200 inL) at 0°C was added n-butylchloroformate. The reaction was maintained at 0°C for 15 minutes, and the hydrochloride salt of sarcosine ethyl ester (10.23 g, 66.7 mmol) followed by triethylamine (Et 3 ⁇ , 16.84 g, 166.8 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to thaw to ambient temperature and stirred for 18 hours.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • Part B To a solution of ethyl N-methyl-N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycine (11.81 g, 47.4 mmol) in ethanol (300 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide ( ⁇ aOH, 1 ⁇ , 94.8 mL, 94.8 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hour, afterwhich the solvent was removed by distillation in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in HCl (1 ⁇ , 100 mL) and the solution extracted with methylene chloride (CH 2 CI 2 . 2 x 100 mL) .
  • aqueous sodium hydroxide ⁇ aOH, 1 ⁇ , 94.8 mL, 94.8 mmol
  • Part A A mixture of Intermediate 1 (0.31 g, 1.5 mmol), pinanediol l-amino-5-bromopentaneboronate (0.57 g, 1.85 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.20 g, 1.5 mmol), 4- methylmorpholine (0.17 mL, 1.5 mmol), and 1,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 0.33 g,1.5 mmol) were stirred in dry CH 2 CI 2 at 0°C for 1 hour. The reaction was thawed to ambient temperature and stirred an additional 18 hour. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 (25 mL) and filtered.
  • DCC 1,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • Part B The intermediate from Part A (0.75 g, 1.4 mmol) was heated with sodium azide ( ⁇ a ⁇ 3 , 0.15 g, 2.3 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, 10 mL) at 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (H 2 O) and EtOAc (25 mL each) , and the EtOAc layer was washed with additional H 2 0 (6 x 15 mL) .
  • H 2 O water
  • EtOAc 25 mL each
  • Part C The azide from Part B (0.48 g, 0.9 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (MeOH, 15 mL) with benzenesulfonic acid (0.15 g, 0.9 mmol) and Pearlman's catalyst (palladium hydroxide on carbon, 0.05 g) . This mixture was shaken under an atmosphere of 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and the catalyst was removed by filtration through, a pad of diatomaceous earth.
  • Part A A mixture of benzyl glycinate, p-toluenesulfonic acid salt (2.68 g, 7.94 mmol), (2-phenyl)bromoethane (0.98 g, 5.29 mmol), and solid ⁇ aHC0 3 (1.56 g, 18.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) were heated at reflux for 18 hour. The reaction was concentrated and diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) . The organic solution was washed with H 2 O (25 mL) and brine (25 mL) , dried (Na 2 ⁇ 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Part B A mixture of intermediate from Part A (0.82 g, 3.04 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (0.62 g, 6.08 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C was added hydrocinnamoyl chloride (0.51 g, 3.04 mmol). The reaction was thawed to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) , washed with HCl (10%, 25 mL) and ⁇ aHC0 3 (saturated, 25 mL) , dried (MgS ⁇ 4 ) and evaporated.
  • Part B The intermediate pinanediol N- ⁇ N- [ (2 - phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl ⁇ -1-amido-
  • Part A By substituting pinanediol l-amino-4- bromobutaneboronate for pinanediol l-amino-5- bromopentaneboronate and coupling with Intermediate 3 according to the procedure in Example 21.1.3, Parts A-C, the amino intermediate was prepared.
  • Part A The intermediate from Example 50, Part A hydrochloride salt (1.0 g, 2 mmol), formamidine sulfonic acid (0.496 g, 4 mmol) and DMAP (0.488 g, 4 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) were heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite, rinsed with chloroform (CHC1 3 ) and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in CHCI 3 and washed with HCl (0.1 ⁇ ) and brine, dried and evaporated. The title compound was obtained as a white solid. HRMS calcd for C 26 H 39 B ⁇ 5 ⁇ 4 Cl 2 :582.247216 + ; found: 566.247905.
  • Part B To a solution of hexamethyldisilazane (0.21 mL, 0.98 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at -78°C was added n-butyllithium (1.45 M, 0.67 mL, 0.98 mmol) . The solution was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature to ensure the anion generation was complete and recooled to -78°C, upon which a solution of product from Part A (0.33 g, 0.98 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and to stir overnight . The volatiles were evaporated and hexane (8 mL) was added to give a suspension.
  • Pinanediol N- ⁇ N-methyl -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl ⁇ -l-amido-4-aminobutylboronate, hydrochloride salt was prepared by the method outlined for Example 21.1.3, wherein pinanediol l-amino-4- bromobutylboronate hydrochloride was used instead of pinanediol l-amino-5-bromopentane-boronate hydrochloride.
  • Part B To a solution of the product from Part A (0.45 g, 0.89 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added DMAP (0.22 g, 1.78 mmol) . After 15 minutes at room temperature, ⁇ - methylaminoiminomethanesulfonic acid (0.25 g, 1.78 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension stirred at reflux for 5 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered, the precipitate washed with CHCI 3 and the combined filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was dissolved in CHCI 3 (40 mL) and the organic solution washed with ice cold HCl (0.1 M, 1x10 mL) , ice cold H 2 O
  • Part A Boc- (D)Phe-OH (6.9 g, 26 mmoles) as dissolved in THF (50 mL) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.86 mL, 26 mmoles) was added. The solution was cooled to -20°C and isobutylchlorofor ate (3.38 ml, 26 mmoles) was added. After stirring 5 minutes at -20°C, the mixture was added to a cold solution of H-Sar-Bzl»toluenesulfonic acid dissolved in CHC1 3 (50 mL) , followed by E 3 (3.6 mL, 26 mmoles).
  • Part B The product from Part A (10.4 g) was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and the sample was hydrogenated for 2 hour on a Parr apparatus in the presence of palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) . The catalysis was removed by filtration and solvent was evaporated to yield Boc- (D) Phe-Sar-OH as a foam (7.8 g) .
  • Part C The mixed anhydride of product from Part B (4.42 g, 13.1 mmoles) was prepared as previously described and coupled to NH2-CH[ (CH2)4Br]B02CioHi6 «HCl (5.0 g, 13.1 mmoles) using the procedure described in Part A.
  • the crude product (7.7 g) was purified by chromatography of a 4.2 g portion on a 2.5 x 100 cm column of Sephedex LH-20 using MeOH as a solvent to give Boc- (D) Phe-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2) 4- Br]B02CiQHi6.
  • Part D The product from Part C (3.5 g, 5.8 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous HCl in dioxane (4.1 N, 50 mL) and was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Solvent and excess HCl were removed by evaporation. The residue was triturated with hexane to yield H- (D) Phe-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2) 4- Br]BO2Cl0Hi6»HCl (2.9 g) .
  • Part E The product from Part D (2.9 g, 4.8 mmoles) was dissolved in 30 mL of a 50% (v/v) solution of dioxane: water and acetic anhydride (0.92 ml, 9.7 mmoles) was added. NaHC03 (0.81 g, 9.7 mmoles) was added and the solution was allowed to stir 45 minutes at room temperature. Acetic acid (3 ml) was added and solution was concentrated approximately 50% by evaporation. It was diluted to 100 mL with EtOAc and was washed with NaHC03 (5%), HCl (0.2 N) , and brine.
  • Part F The product from Part E (2.5 g, 4.1 mmoles) and a 3 (0.54 g, 8.3 mmoles) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and heated at 100°C for 1 hour. The reaction was allowed to cool and was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) . The organic phase was washed with H2O and saturated brine, dried over a2S04, filtered, and evaporated to yield Ac- (D)Phe-Sar-NH- CH[ (CH2)4- 3]B02CioHi6 as a white foam (2.2 g) .
  • Part G The product from Part F (2.0 g, 3.5 mmoles) was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and was hydrogenated on a Parr apparatus in the presence of HCl in dioxane (4.1 N, 1.3 ml, 5.3 mmoles) and palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) . The catalysis was removed by filtration and solvent was removed by evaporation.
  • Part H The product from Part G (1.5 g, 2.5 mmoles) and phenyl boronic acid (1.5 g, 12 mmoles) was dissolved in H2O and Et 2 ⁇ (15 ml each) . The mixture was stoppered and allowed to stir for 3 hour at room temperature. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed extensively with Et 2 0. The aqueous phase was evaporated, dried in vacuo., and triturated with Et 2 ⁇ to yield the title compound (0.98 g) . An analytical sample was prepared as the pinacol ester by treating 4 mg of the boronic acid with 2 equivalents of pinacol in 1.4 ml of MeOH for 5 minutes and evaporating solvent. HRMS calcd for the pinacol ester C25H41N4O5B (M+H) : 489.3248. found: 489.3242.
  • Part B To the hydrochloride salt prepared above (1.0 g, 5.97 mmol) and hydrocinnamic acid (0.9 g, 5.97 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added 0-benzotriazole-N, N, N ', N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (2.26 g, 5.97 mmol) followed by N, ⁇ -diisopropylethylamine (1.69 g, 13.1 mmol) . The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 1:1 EtOAc:hexane and washed with H 2 0 (2 x) , HCl (10%) , saturated ⁇ aHC0 3 and brine.
  • Part A A mixture of 2- (methylphenyl)benzoic acid (3.09 g, 14.55 mmol), sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (2.23 g, 14.55 mmol), DCC (3.0 g, 14.55 mmol), HOBT (1.97 g, 14.55 mmol) and Et 3 ⁇ (1.47 g, 14.55 mmol) in THF (50 mL) were stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was evaporated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc. The EtOAc solution was washed with HCl (10%), saturated NaHC ⁇ 3 and brine, and dried (MgS0 4 > .
  • Pinanediol N- ⁇ N- methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl ⁇ -1-amido-5- bromopentaneboronate was reacted withe a 3 by under the conditions detailed above to give pinanediol N- ⁇ N-methyl-N- [2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl ⁇ -1-amido-
  • Trimethylsilyl cyanide (5.80 mL, 44.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of benzaldehyde (3.10 g, 29.0 mmol) and zinc iodide (280 mg, 8.80 mmol) at 0 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 18 h then treated with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (ca. 100 mL) .
  • the layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 75 mL) .
  • Lithium aluminum hydride (2.10 g, 55.0 mmol) was added in portions over 15 min to a solution of [2 - (trimethylsilyl)oxy] -phenylacetonitrile (3.75 g, 18.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (75 mL) at 0 °C.
  • the reaction was quenched by the sequential addition of H 2 0 (2.10 mL) , 10% aqueous NaOH (2.10 mL) , and H 2 0 (6.30 mL) then dried (Na 2 S0 4 ) and filtered through a pad of Celite using EtOAc (ca. 75 mL) .
  • Part B Phosgene (6.0 mL of a 1.93 M solution in toluene (PhCH 3 ), 12.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-hydroxy-l- phenethylamine (1.18 g, 8.60 mmol) in PhCH 3 (100 mL) at 0 °C followed by the dropwise additon of Et 3 N (1.80 mL, 13.0 mmol) .
  • the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 48 h and poured into EtOAc (ca. 200 mL) . The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (1 x 50 mL) .
  • Part C A solution of 5-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (500 mg, 3.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF was added dropwise to a suspension of NaH (91 mg, 3.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 30 min then heated at reflux for 15 min. Methyl bromoacetate (0.32 mL, 3.4 mmol) was added and the ixtue was heated at reflux for 2h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with H 0 (ca. 20 mL) . The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 75 mL) .
  • Part D A solution of 2- [3- (5-phenyl-2- oxazolidino) ]acetic acid, methyl ester (540 mg, 2.30 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H 2 0 (10 mL) was treated with NaOH (138 mg, 3.40 mmol) and heated at reflux for 15 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, acidified to pH 2 with 2M aqueous HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) .
  • Part F A solution of ( 2R) -2- [ [3- (5-phenyl-2- oxazolidino) ] -acetamido] -4-bromo-l-aminobutane-l-boronic acid, (+) -pinanediol ester (770 mg, 1.45 mmol) and thiourea (220 mg, 2.90 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) was heated at reflux for 36 hours then_ cooled to room temperature and diluted with Et 2 0 (ca. 100 mL) which was decanted. The residue was purified by size exclusion chromatography on Sephadex LH - 20, elution* with MeOH, to give a foam.
  • N- ( 1 , 8- napthyldiimido)glycine would be to react the sodium salt of 1, 8-napthalic phthalimide with ethyl bromoacetate in dimethylformamide at 60°C. The resulting ester can then be hydrolyzed with IN sodium hydroxide in ethanol solution to give the title compound.
  • Part B _V,W-(l,8- ⁇ apthyldiimido)glycine (0.56 g, 2.1 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.53 mL, 4.82 mmol) were dissolved in THF (10 mL) and DMF (1 mL) then cooled to -20 °C. Isobutylchloroformate (0.31 mL, 2.32 mmol) was added to the cold solution and the reaction was stirred at -20 °C for 20 min.
  • Part D To a solution of pinanediol N- [N, N- ( l , 8- napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-bromobutaneboronate (1.21g, 2.13 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added ⁇ a ⁇ 3 (0.28 g, 4.27 mmol) . The reaction mixture was heated at 65 °C for 8 h, then it was allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between H2O (15 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL) . The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with H 2 O (3x20 mL) and brine (20 mL) .
  • Part E To a solution of pinanediol N- [N, N- ( 1 , 8 - napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-aminobutaneboronate (0.51 g, 1.01 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) was added aminoiminomethanesulfonic acid (0.13 g, 1.01 mmol).
  • N- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly-OMe (3.15 g, 15.2 mmol) in THF at 0° C was added N-methylmorpholine (3.34 mL, 30.4 mmol) and hydrocinnamoyl chloride (2.26 mL, 15.2 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir with warming to 25° C for 6 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat' aq NaHC ⁇ 3 and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford 4.4 g (86%) of the title compound. MS (CD : m/z 340 (M+H) +.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to stir while slowly warming to 25° C. After 1 h the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aq NH4CI, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organics were dried (MgS ⁇ 4) and concentrated to afford 1.1 g (92%) of the title compound.
  • N- (2, 2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OEt 2.4 g, 10.1 mmol
  • N- methylmorpholine 2.22 mL, 20.2 mmol
  • hydrocinnamoyl chloride 1.50 mL, 10.1 mmol
  • the resulting solution was allowed to warm to 25° C and was stirred for 3h.
  • the THF was removed in vacuo and ' the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 10% aq HCl, satd. aq. NaHC03 and brine.
  • the organics were dried (MgS04) and concentrated.
  • Example 24.59.1 Pinanediol N- ⁇ N-phenyl-N- [N ' -methyl-N'- methylphenyl)aminocarbonyl]glycyl ⁇ -l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate ; HRMS (M+H) + calcd: 606.338533, found: 606.329421.
  • Example 30 Pinanediol N- ⁇ N- [ (naphth-2-yl)methyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl ⁇ -l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H) + calcd: 655.348934, found: 655.347870.
  • Example 50 1.3 Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2) -Gly] -boroLys-Cl0H16 HCl; MS (NH 3 -CI) (M+H) + 513.5.
  • Part B Preparation of Part A: Na-t-boc-Ne-Cbz-lysinal
  • Hydrocinnamic acid was added to 100 ml of anhydrous CH 2 CI 2 followed by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (44.0 ml, 400.0 ml), and cooled to -78°c.
  • N-methylmorpholine 44.0 ml, 400.0 ml
  • isobutylchloroformate 17.3 ml, 133.17 mmol
  • the sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (20.00 gr, 133.17 mmol) was added and the solution stirred for and additional hr at -78°c and allowed to warm to rt.
  • Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-OH (690 mg, 3.10 mmol), NE-Cbz lysine[C(OH)C0 2 CH 3 ] TFA salt (1.36 gr, 3.10 mmol), N-Methyl morpholine (1.0 ml, 9.3 mmol), HOBT (420 mg, 3.10 mmol) and 1- (3-Dimethyl amino propyl)-3 ethyl carbodiimide (600 mg, 3.10 mmol) were dissolved in 50 ml of anhydrous DMF and stirred overnight at r . The resulting solution was diluted with 300 ml of EtOAc and washed repeatedly with brine. The organic were dried over MgS0 4, filtered through a pad of silica gel, and the volatiles dried in vacuo to an oil (1.08 gr) . MS: CI m/z 528.4 (M+H)+.
  • Example 60.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- ⁇ N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly ⁇ - boroOrn-ClOHl ⁇ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 588.3
  • Example 60.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn-ClOHl ⁇ HCl; MS (NH 3 CD (M+H) + 496.3
  • Part B Preparation of 2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methane 2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methanol (38.8 gr, 130.35 mmol) and triethylsilane (31.23 ml, 195.53 mmol) were combined in 200 ml of TFA and stirred overnight at rt . The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (33.32 grams) MS: CI m/z 283.0 (M+H)+.
  • Part C Preparation of 3-chlorobenzylbenzoic acid
  • Example 65.1.3 N- ⁇ N-methyl-N- [2- (pyrrol-1-ylmethyl) -Benzyl]glycyl ⁇ -1- amido-5-a ⁇ .inopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt; MS: ESI m/z 601.3 (M+H) +

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to electrophilic dipeptide analogs conjugated to an N,N disubstituted α-amino acid as inhibitors of trypsin-like serine protease enzymes.

Description

Title Electrophilic Peptide Analogs As Inhibitors of Trypsin-Like
Enzymes
5 Cross-reference to Earlier Filed Applications i
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/139,445 filed October 20, 1993.
10
Field of the Invention
This invention relates generally to electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like serine
15 proteases. These compounds are dipeptides in which an electrophilic derivative of an α-amino acid is conjugated with an N, N-disubstituted α-amino acid. The N, N- disubstituted α-amino acid conjugates of the electrophilic amino acid analog are derivatives of an amino acid where
20 the α-amino group is alkylated and acylated or diacylated to give alicyclic or cyclic substituents. The electrophilic functional groups used to derivatize these peptide analogs are: boronic acids and their esters, α- ono- and α-perhaloketones, aldehydes, vicinal di- and
25 tricarbonyl compounds, α-mono- and (κ-dihalo-/_-ketoesters.
Background of the Invention
Electrophilic tripeptide analogs 30 containing the ( (D-phenylalanyl)prolyl) - arginyl- sequence are well known as effective inhibitors of the trypsin-like i serine protease thrombin. H-(D)Phe-Pro-ArgCH2Cl was first reported by Kettner and Shaw { Thromb . Res . 14, 969 (1979)) to be a selective but irreversible inhibitor of human 35 thrombin. A number of studies looking for alternatives to the electrophilic Pi argininechloromethylketones that would yield a reversible protease inhibitor have been reported. Bajuez et al . { Folia Haematol . 109, s. 16 (1982)) found the corresponding aldehyde, D-phenylalanyl-prolyl-arginal, to be a reversible thrombin inhibitor with a K = 75 nM for human thrombin. The nitrile analog, D-phenylalanyl-prolyl- NHCH( (CH2)3NHC(=NH)NH2) -CN, was found to be substantially less potent with a K± = 700 nM (Kaiser et al. , Pharmazie 46, 128 (1991)) . A retroamide inhibitor, with the D- phenylalanyl-prolyl- sequence and 2- (4- guanidinophenylalanyl) -N-acetyl -2 , 2-difluoroethylamine substituting for an electrophilic arginine derivative, is a good inhibitor with a Ki of 70 nM for thrombin (Altenburger and Schirlin, Tetrahedron Let t . 32, 7255 (1991)) . Cheng et al . claim that the substitution of racemic diphenyl 1- amino-4-methoxybutylphosphonate for an electrophilic arginine derivative gives very good inhibitors with a Ki = 4.8 nM ( Tetrahedron Lett . 32, 7333 (1991)) . Iwanowicz et al. (Bioorgan . Med. Chem. Let t . 2, 1607 (1992)) has studied the efficacy of (D-phenylalanine)prolyl- conjugated to -ΝHCH[ (CH2)4ΝH2]CH(OH)C02Me) and -NHCH[ (CH2) NH2]C(=0)C02Me derivatives. The most effective inhibitor of human thrombin reported to date is the boropeptide acetyl-D- phenylalanyl-prolyl- oro arginine with a Kj = 0.041 nM
(Kettner et al. , J. Biol . Chem. 265, 18289 (1990)) . Walker et al. (Biochem. J. 230, 645 (1985)) published a comparative study of irreversible thrombin inhibitors based on the D-phenylalanyl-prolyl-argininyl sequence confirming the earlier report by Kettner and Shaw (1979) . H- (D) Phe-Pro-ArgCH2Cl was found to be the most effective inhibitor (Ki = 25 nM) while replacing the D-phenylalanine with 4-amino-D-phenylalanine or ω-benzoyl-D-lysine gave less active analogs. Compounds in development include
- (prolyl)arginal derivatives with a variety of unusual P3 amino acids including D-N-methylphenylglycine , Boc-D- fluorophenylglycine as well as constrained cyclized derivatives of D-phenylglycine and D-phenylalanine (Shuman et. al., J. Med. Chem. 36, 314 (1993)) . Balasubramanian et al. (J. Med. Chem. 36, 300 (1993)) has reported an extensive study of replacements for the P3 D-phenylalanine of D-phenylalanyl-prolyl-arginal and found the dihydrocinnamoyl group to be effective, although somewhat less potent.
Patent disclosures in this area have centered around suitably protected peptides composed of natural and unnatural amino acids. In U.S. Patent No. 5,187,157 DuPont Merck has disclosed peptides comprised of C-terminal boronic acid derivatives of lysine, ornithine and arginine as reversible inhibitors of trypsin-like serine proteases, as well as a series of boropeptides active as elastase inhibitors in U.S. Patent No. 4,499,082. In European Patent Application EP 471 651 A2 Sandoz disclosed jborolysine and Jboroarginine peptide analogs containing at least one unnatural hydrophobic α-amino acid substituted with groups such as the trimethylsilyl- or naphthyl-. In U.S. Patent No. 5,106,948 was disclosed a series of boropeptides that are effective as cytotoxic agents. In PCT Application WO 92/07869, Thrombosis Research Institute has disclosed tripeptide analogs containing a P proline and an unnatural disubstituted amino acid at P3. A variety of electrophilic and non-electrophilic α-amino acid analogs were claimed as suitable Pi substituents. Tripeptide antithrombotic agents limited to α-alkyl and αaryl or heteroaryl substituted glycines at P3 conjugated to
- (prolyl) arginal were been disclosed by Lilly (European Patent Application EP 479 489 A2) . Marion Merrell Dow disclosed a series of activated electrophilic ketone analogs of peptidase substrates useful for inhibiting serine-, carboxylic acid- and metallo- proteolytic enzymes; compounds are peptides composed of suitably protected α- amino acids conjugated to an electrophilic ketone derivative of an ot-amino acid (European Patent Applications EP 417 721 A2, EP 364 344 A2, EP 363 284 A2, EP 195 212 A2) . Astra has disclosed a series of α-
( (trifluoroethyl)oxymethyl) -arginine tripeptides (European Patent Application EP 0 530 167 A) . Georgia Tech Research Corporation disclosed peptidyl ketoamides, -ketoacids and -ketoesters as inhibitors of serine and cysteine proteases (WO 92/12140) . Boehringer Ingelheim disclosed a series of trifluoromethyl- and α,α-difluoromethyl-øketoesterpeptide derivatives as elastase inhibitors (EP 0 369 391 A2) .
The present invention concerns dipeptides which contain an electrophilic derivative of an α-amino acid at P conjugated with an N, N-disubstituted α-amino acid at P2. The electrophilic functional groups used to derivatize the Pi amino acid analog are: boronic acids and their esters, α-mono- and α-perhaloketones, vicinal di- and tricarbonyl compounds, and α.α-dihalo-βketoesters . The N, N- disubstituted α-amino acids are derivatives of an amino acid other than proline where the α-amino group is alkylated and acylated or diacylated to give alicyclic or cyclic substituents. As a result these compounds are found to have the advantage of an improved toxicological profile as well as the selectivity and inhibition activity for thrombin required for a useful therapeutic agent.
Summary of the Invention
[1] There is provided by this invention a compound of the formula (I) :
(I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is a) -(C1-C12 alkyl)-X, b) -(C1-C12 alkenyl)-X, or c)
X is
n) -CO2R2, o) -OR2, p) -OCF3, q) -S(0)rR2, r) -SC(=NH)NHR2 , or s) -SC(=NH)NHC(=0)R2
R2 IS a) hydrogen, or b) C1-C4 alkyl;
R3 is: a) -C(=0)-aryl, b) -C(=0)-(CH2)p-CR6R7-(CH2)q-aryl. c) -C(=0)-(C2-C5 alkenyl) -aryl, d) -C (=0) -W-CR8R9-aryl, with the proviso that W cannot be a bivalent oxygen atom, e) -C(=0) -CR8R9-W-(CH2)r-aryl, with the proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NC(=0)R4-, f) -C(=0) -heteroaryl, g) -C (=0) - (CH2)P-CR6R7- (CH2)q-heteroaryl, h) -C (=0) - (C2-C5 alkenyl) -heteroaryl, i) -C(=0)-W-CR8R9-heteroaryl, j) -C (=0) -CR8R9-W- (CH2) r-heteroaryl, with the proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NC(=0)R4-, k) -C (=0) -heterocycle,
1) -C(=0)-(CH2)p-CR6R7-(CH2)q-heterocycle, m) -C (=0) - (C2-C5 alkenyl) -heterocycle, n) -C(=0) -W-CR8R9-heterocycle, o) -C (=0) -CR8R9-W- (CH2)r-heterocycle, with the proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NCOR4-, p) -C(=0) -(CH2) t-adamantyl, q) -C(=0)-(CH2)t-(C5-C7 cycloalkyl), r) -C(=0)-(CH2)t- -(C5-C7 cycloalkyl), s) wherein aryl is limited to phenyl ,
., limited to phenyl,
w) R13
X)
with the proviso that R13 cannot be -N(Cι-C4 alkyl)2 when A is -C(=0)R14,
y)
z)
aa;
bb)
cc)
dd)
ee)
f
g
hh)
ii) CH-CH-aryl^ w erein aryl is limted to phenyl;
jj) -(C(=0)-(CR8R9)-NR11')v-R11; kk) -(C(=0)-(CR8R9)-NR11')v-C(=0)R11;
11) - (C (=0) - (CR8R9) -NR11' )v-C (=S)R11;
OO) -C(=0)-(CR8R9)-NHS(0)rR8;
PP)
qq)
R4 and R^ are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisitng of: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C4 alkyl, c) - (C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, or d) C5-C7 cycloalkyl;
R6, R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen, b) C1-C4 alkyl, c) C1-C4 alkoxy, d) aryl, e) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, f) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -heterocycle, g) -O-aryl, h) -(CH2)p-C0 R4, i) Rβ and R7 can be taken together to form a (C2-C7) alkyl, or j) R8 and R9 can be taken together to form a (C2-C7) alkyl;
phenyl, wherein phenyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C7- C15 alkylaryl, C7-C15 alkoxyaryl, methylenedioxy,
-Nθ2, -CF3, -SH, -S(0)r-(Cι-C alkyl) , CN, -OH, -NH2, -NH(Cι-C alkyl) , -N(Cι-C4 alkyl) 2. -NHCOR4, -{C__2)p- C02R4' -C(=NH)NHR4) , -NHC (=NR )R , -NHC (=NH) HR ;
R11 is: a) C1-C4 alkyl, b) C3-C6 cycloalkyl, c) -OR4, d) -NR15R16, e> -NC(=0)R15R16, f) -NR15C(=0)OR4, g) aryl, h) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, i) heteroaryl, j ) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl, k) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -C02R4'
1) heterocycle, m) -(C1-C4 alkyl)heterocycle, n)
o)
r)
R3 and R~~ , when taken together to form a ring bonded to the nitrogen: a)
b)
C )
e)
f)
h)
R11' is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) C1-C4 alkyl
' c) -OR4 d) -NR15R16 e1 -NC(=0)R15R16 f) -NR15C(=0)OR4 g) aryl, h) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, i) heteroaryl, j) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -heteroaryl, k) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -C02R4'
1) heterocycle, m) -(C1-C4 alkyl)heterocycle,
R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen b) halogen, c) C1-C4 alkyl, d) C1-C4 alkoxy, e) methylenedioxy, f) -NO2, g) -CF3, h) -SH, i) -S(0)r-(Cι-C4 alkyl) , j) -CN, k) -OH,
1) -NH2, m) -NH(Cι-C alkyl) , n) -N(Cι-C alkyl)2, o) -NHC(=0)R4, or p) -(CH )p-C02R4; q) -C(=NH)NHR4 r) -NHC(=NR4)R4 S) -NHC(=NH)NHR4
RI4 is: a) -CF3, b) -CHF2, c) -CH2F, d) -CH2C1, e) -C(=0)OR4, f) -C(=0)NR15R16, g) -C(=0)R4, h) -C(=0)COOR4, i) -C(=0)C(=0)NR15R16, j) -C(=0)C(=0)R4 , k) -CY3Y COOR4,
U -CY3Y4C(=0)NR15R16, or m) "CY3Y C(=0)R4;
R---' nd R-- ~ are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: a) hydroge , b) C1-C4 alkyl, c) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, where aryl is defined above, d) C5-C7 cycloalkyl, or e) phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by R13, f) C1-C4 alkoxy; R15 and R16 taken together to form a ring can also include: a)
- N W or b)
R17 is : a) hydrogen, b) C1-C4 alkyl , c) aryl, wherein aryl is defined above, d) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl, wherein aryl is defined above, or e) C5-C7 cycloalkyl;
R18 is: a) hydrogen, b) -(C1-C5) alkyl, or c) -(C1-C5) haloalkyl, d) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
R-- 1S : a) hydrogen, b) -(C1-C5) alkyl, c) halo, or d) -(C1-C5) haloalkyl, e) -NO2, f) -NR4R5' g) -CN, h) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
R20 is a) hydrogen; or b) -N2 with amine protecting;
A is: a) -BY1Y2, or b) -C(=0)R14, c) C(OH) R1 R18'"
a) -OH, b) -F,
C) -NR R5, d) Ci-Cs alkoxy, or when taken together Y~ and Y2 form: e) a cyclic boron ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or
O, f) a cyclic boron amide where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or
0, g) a cyclic boron amide-ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or
O;
Y3 and Y4 are a) -OH or b) -F;
n is 0 or 1 p is 0 to 3 q is 0 to 4, r is 0 to 2, t is 1 to 3. u is 1 to 4, v is 1 to 17
Specifically preferred compounds of this invention include:
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg(CH3) -C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N(CH3) 2) -Gly] -boro ys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N(CH3) 2) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N(CH3) 2) -Gly] -boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N(CH3) 2) -Gly] -boroOrn (CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Methanesulfonyl-Sar- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Methanesulfonyl-Sar- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Methanesulfonyl-Gly- [N-(Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Methyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Methyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH
HCl Succinyl-[N- (3- (Methyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-
OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-
C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boro ys-
OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Diethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys [C(=0) -C(=0) -OH]
(2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoy1-Sar-boroGly[CH2) 3-Br] -
C10H16 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2) 4) -Br] - C10H16
(2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10H16 HBr (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2) 3-N3] -
C10H16 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-borohomoIrg-C10H16 HBr (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoy1-Sar-boroGly[CH2) 4) -N3] -
C10H16 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn-C10Hl6 HCl (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-borohomoArg-C10H16 HCl (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroArg-C10H16 HCl (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn (CH=NH) -C10H16
HCl (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys (CH=NH) -C10H16
HCl 2-Benzyl- (N-Benzyl) -Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl 2-Thiophenyl-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys (CH=NH) -C10H16 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10H16 HBr 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl] Sar}-1- amido-5-thiocvanatobutane boronate (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Acetyl-Gly[N-(2- (Benzyl) -Benzyl) ] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (pyrrol-1-ylmethyl) -
Benzyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (pyrrol-1-ylmethyl) -Benzyl] glycyl}-1- amido-5-aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt
2- (2- (Trifluoromethyl) -Benzyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-Lys-C (=0) -
NHNH2 2 HCl 2- (Benzyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-Lys-C (=0) -NHNH2 2 HCl
[3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Benzyl] -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl 3- (3- (Chloro) -Benzyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys (Z) -C (=0) -O- (CH2) 2-NH(Z) Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=0)-0-(CH2)2-NH2 2 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys (Z) -C (=0) -OCH3 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=0) -OCH3 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=0) -CH3 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys (Z) -H Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NHCH(CH20H) (CH2)4-NH(Z) Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NHCH(CH20H) (CH2)4-NH2
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys [CH(OH) (OCH3) -C(=0) -0CH3] HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16
HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys (CH=NH) -C10H16
HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys (CH=NH) -OH HCl Phenoxyacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Thiophenacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl Phenoxyacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Thiophenacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Phenyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Phenyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl
Glutaryl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Glutaryl (3, 3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16
Methyl Glutaryl (3, 3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Glutaryl (3, 3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH
Methyl Glutaryl (3, 3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- OH HCl
Boc-Asp- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16
Boc-Glu- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6
Boc-Gl (OCH3 ) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Boc-Glu- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl
Methanesylfonyl-Gly- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Methanesulfonyl-Gly- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Succinyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Methyl Succinyl) -Gly] -boroLyε-C10H16 HCl
Succinyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH
Methyl Succinyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl
Glutaryl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 Methyl Glutaryl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Methyl Glutaryl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopentyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl
(2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroArg-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn- C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg-
C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg-
OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-
C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2,2- (Dimethyl) -2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) - ethyl] -Gly}-boroArg-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2, 2- (Dimethyl) -2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) - ethy1] -Gly}-boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroArg-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclohexyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclohexyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16
HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopentyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopentyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg-
C10H16 HCl [N- ( -C ( 0 ) ( CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- ( CH3 ) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N- ( -C (0 ) ( CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- ( CH2 ) 2Ph] Gly-boroLys -OH (CH2)2 h) -N-Ph]Gly-boroLys-OH Ν(CH3)CH2Ph)-N-Ph] Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-3-SPh-2-OCH3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-OH CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH )2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(Ν(CH3)2) ] Gly-boroLys-OH CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2) 3Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH )2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2?h-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6 Ph-3-SPh-2-OCH3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoH16 Ph-4-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6 CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-.(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 [N-(-C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CβHi2) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6
[N-(-C (0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6
[N-(-C(0) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6
[N-(-C(0)CH3] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6
[N-(S02CH3] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-0CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH
[N-(-C (O)CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) TN-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHιe
[N-(-C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6
[N-(-C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(iπCΝ) -Cι0Hι6
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH
[N-(-C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
C10H16 [N-(-C(0)CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2P ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C (0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
OH [N-(-C (0) Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -CιoHι6 [N-(-C(0)CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
C10H16 [N-'(-C(0) (CH )2 h) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ]Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16
[Ν- (-C (0) (CH2) 2 h) -Ν- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2P ) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν- (-C(0) (CH2) 2 h) -Ν- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(butane-l,4-diyl)Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH .
[N- (-C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3 ) 2Ph-3-Nθ2) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2 h-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2)2 h) -N- (CH2C(butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(CH3)2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
Illustrative of the preferred compounds of this invention are the following:
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N-C3H7) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(0CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH Ph) ] Gly-boroLys-OH [N- CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-boroLys-OH [N- CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (NHBoc ) ] Gly-boroLys -OH [N- CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (CH2CO2H) ] Gly-boroLys-OH [N- CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CO2CH3 ) ] Gly-boroLys-OH [N- OCH2)Ph) ] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-OH [N- OCH2)Ph) ] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ]Ala-boroLys-OH [N- OCH2)Ph) ] (D)-Phe[N-(Ph) ] Gly-boroLys -OH [N- OCH2)Ph) ] (D)-Phe[N-(CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroLys-OH [N- CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (C2H5) ] Gly-boroLys-CioHiδ [N- CH2)2Ph)-N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 [N- CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 [N- CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6 [N- CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 [N- CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ] Gly-boroLys -C10H16 [N- CH2)2Ph)-N- (NHBoc) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6 [N- CH2)2 h)-N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-boroLys -C10H16 [N- CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2Cθ2CH3) ] Gly-boroLys -Cι0Hι6 (N- ■C02CH2Ph) [Leu-Ser (OfcBu) -Asn] 4- [N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hι6 [Sequence No. 1] (H) - [Leu-Ser (OtBu) -Asn] 4- [N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroLys-CιoHι6
[Sequence No. 2]
(H) - [Leu-Ser-Asn] 4- [N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-CιoHi6 [Sequence No.
3]
[N- (-C(O) (OCH2Ph)] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroLys-Cι0Hi6 [N- (-C(O) (CH3)] (D) - (Cyclohexyl) Ala [N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroLys-
CioHie
[N- ( -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- (-C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- (-C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- (-C(0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- (-C(0)Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- ( -C (O) Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- ( -C (0) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- ( -C (0) Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 [N- (-C(0)Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (-1-C3H7 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- ( i-C3H7 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N- (NHBoc) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C02CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-Cl ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2) Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ν (CH3 ) CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 CH2Ph-3 , 4-CI2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (n-C3H7 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2) 2 h) -N- ( 2-C3H7 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)--W-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N- (NHBoc) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-W-(CH2C0 H) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CO2CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2)2 h)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-3 , 4-CI2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-Cl) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 Ph-3 -CH=CHPh ) -N- ( CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys -CO2CH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys -C02CH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-C02CH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys -C02CH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys-C0 CH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys -CO2CH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys -CO2CH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Lys -C02CH3 CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Lys -C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ] Gly-Lys -CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ] Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2Cθ2H)]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH2CO2CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2) Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Lys-CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2 h) -N-Ph]Gly-boroArg-OH Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-OH (CH )2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(Ω-C3H7) ]Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(C6Hi2) ]Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH Ph) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (ΝH2 ) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2 h)-N- (NHBoc) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-OH (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2) 2Ph] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 Ν (CH3 ) CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 Ph-4-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 Ph-2-CU2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHι6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (n-C3H7 ) ] Gly-boroArg-CioHie (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- ( i-C3H7 ) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHιe (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (N (CH3 ) 2 ) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (ΝHBoc ) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 CH Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHi6 (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-CιoHι6 (CH2) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hι6 CH3] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroArg-Cι0Hi6 CH3] (D)-Phe[N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroIrg-CιoHi6 (CH2) Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH2 ) 2Ph] Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Arg-CCF3 Ν (CH3 ) CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-3 -SPh-3 -OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-4-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph-3 -CH2Ph-2 -CF3 ) -N- ( CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-CF3 CH2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (C2H5) ] Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7)]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hi2) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2 h)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2 h)-N-Ph]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-0O_3 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2 h) -N-(Ω-C3H7) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2)]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-( H2) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-{CH2Cθ2CH3) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 CH Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2) 3Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-3 , 4-Cl ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-OCH3 (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH )2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-Cθ2CH3 Ph-3 -SPh-3 -OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-Cθ2CH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph-3 -CH2Ph-2 -CF3 ) -N- ( CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 CH2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- ( ---C3H7 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- ( i-C3H7 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (OCH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Arg-Cθ2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2 h)-N- (NHBoc) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CO2CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2 h-4-OCH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Arg-C02CH3 (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroPhe(JΠCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(Ω-C3H7) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-boroPhe (iπCΝ) -OH (CH2)2 h) -N-(C6Hi2) ]Gly-boroPhe(inCΝ) -OH (CH2)2 h) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(:nCΝ) -OH (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-boroPhe (zπCN) -OH (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-boroPhe (mCN) -OH (CH2)2 h)-N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-boroPhe (mCN) -OH (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(CH2CO2CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe (πCN) -OH H2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(mCΝ) -OH Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe (/nCΝ) -OH [N- (CH2)2 h)-N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroPhe (JΠCΝ) -OH [N- (CH2 ) 2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH [N- (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroPhe (JΠCΝ) -OH [N- (CH2) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH [N- (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -OH [N- (CH ) 2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHie [N (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2 ) 2Ph] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N-Ph] Gly-boroPhe (nCΝ) -C10H16 [N Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHie [N- Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHie [N- Ph-3 -SPh-3 -OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe ( JΠCΝ) -CιoH16 [N- Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (_υCΝ) -CιoH16 [N- Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHie [N- Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (_nCΝ) -C10H16 [N- Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 [N- Ph-3 -CH2Ph-2 -CF3 ) -N- ( CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 [N- (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ)-Cι0Hi6 [N- (CH2)2Ph) -N-(n-C3H7) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- ( i-C3H7 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (C6Hi2 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (_τ€Ν) -Cι0Hι6 [N- (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (OCH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CιoHι6 [N- (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (0CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 [N- (CH )2Ph)-N-(ΝH ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCN) -Cι0Hι6 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (N (CH3 ) 2 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCN) -C10Hι6 [N- (CH2)2Ph)-N- (NHBoc) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCN)-CιoHi6 [N- (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH2C02H) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 [N- (CH2 ) 2 h) -N- (CH2C02CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (inCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 [N- CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (.mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2) 3Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -C10H16 [N- Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroPhe (ιπCΝ)-CιoHi6 [N- (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroPhe (_nCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2) 2Ph-3 , 4-CI2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (inCΝ) -C10H16 [N- (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHie (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroPhe(_τCΝ) -Cι0Hι6 (CH2) 2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) 3Gly-boroPhe (mCΝ) -CioHiε -C(O) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2 ) 2Ph]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(JTICΝ) -CF3 Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(JΠCΝ) -CF3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 CH2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-Phe(_nCΝ) -CF3 ( CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (C2H5 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(J--C3H7) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2P ) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Phe(_τCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-Phe (πiCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2 ) -N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Phe (πiCN) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(Ν(CH3)2) ]Gly-Phe(JTCΝ) -CF3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-Phe(JΠCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2CO2CH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (JTTCΝ) -CF3 (CH2) 3Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(JΠCΝ) -CF3 (CH2 ) 2 h) -N-CH2Ph ) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ)-CF3 (CH2) Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mC ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe(_τ£Ν) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph- -OCH3) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-Phe(mCΝ) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2) 2Ph] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-Ph]Gly-Phe(_τιCΝ) -OCH3 N(CH3)CH Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-Phe (mCN) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N- (CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Phe (JΠCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (JΠCΝ) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mC ) -OCH3 CH Ph-3 , 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH ) 2Ph) -N- (C2H5) ]Gly-Phe (πiCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2?h) -N-(C6Hi2) ]Gly-Phe (_nCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Phe ( ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(NH2) ] Gly-Phe (mCN) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Phe (mCN) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-Phe(mCN) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Phe (JΏCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CO2CH3) ] Gly-Phe (_nCΝ) -OCH3 CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (JTCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (TΠCΝ) -OCH3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (JΠCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Phe (-nCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2) -N- (CH3) ] Gly-Phe (JΠCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph-4-CH3) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Phe (iTiCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -OCH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2) 2?h) -N-(CH2) 2Ph]Gly-Phe (TΠCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ν (CH3 ) CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (_πCΝ) -C0 CH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (jnCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (inCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ph-4-CH Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ph-2 -CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (JTTCΝ) -C02CH3 CH2Ph-3 , 4-CI2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe ( mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (C2H5) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(n-C3H7) ] Gly-Phe (mCN) -C02CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (C6Hi2) ] Gly-Phe (JΠCΝ) -C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (OH) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 (CH2) 2 h) -N- (OCH2Ph) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (ΝH2 ) ] Gly-Phe (JΠCN) -CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(N(CH3)2) ] Gly-Phe (mCN) -CO2CH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N- (NHBoc) ] Gly-Phe (mCN) -CO2CH3 (CH2)2 h)-N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C02CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 3 h) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (JT€Ν) -C02CH3 Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-Phe (_nCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-3 , 4-Cl2 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -C02CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-Cl ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (mCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-CH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (inCΝ) -CO2CH3 (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Phe (_τK_Ν) -CO2CH3 (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(CH2) 2Ph] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
(CH2)2 h) -N-Ph] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH (CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N- -C (0) Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(0)Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOr (N- methylamidino) -OH [N- -C (O) Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH [N- -C(O) Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH )2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C (O) (CH2)2P ) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(Ν(CH3)2) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
OH [N- -C(O) (CH )2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C (0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)3Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3.4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -Cι0Hι6 [N-(-C(0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - CioHie
[N-(-C(O) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) Ph-3-CH CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (O) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H 6 [N-(-C (O) Ph-2-CH Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (O) Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - CioHie
[N-(-C (0) Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C (0) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0)Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2 h) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
C10H16 [N-(-C (O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(---C3H7) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- -C3H7) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2 h) -N-(C6H12) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - ioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2?h) -N-(0CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) - 10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(Ν(CH3)2) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2 h)-N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -CioHie [N-(-C (0) (CH2) 3PΪ ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C (0) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-CH2Ph) ] Gly-boroOrn (N-methylamidino) -
CioHie [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (N- methylamidino) -C10H16 [N-(-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methyϊamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (0) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (O) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N- methylamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O)CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CδHι2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(0CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(Ν(CH3)2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2 h) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)3Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C (0) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CF3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(N- methylamidino) -CF3
[N- -C (0) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(O) (α_2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C (0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (O)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3
[N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH2CH Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3
[N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3
[N- -C(O) Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (O) Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (0) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (0) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N- methylamidino) -OCH3
[N- -C (O)CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(2--C3H7) ]Gly-Orn( N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C (0) (CH ) 2 h) -N-(1-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CδHi2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(Ν(CH3) ) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝHBoc) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3 [N-(-C(0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)3Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(Ν-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N- methylamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
OCH3 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(Ν-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Orn (Ν-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2 h) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn(Ν-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C (O)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0)Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-{-C(0) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0)Ph-4-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
C02CH3
[N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N- methylamidino) -CO2CH3
[N- -C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-C12) -N- (CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N- -C3H7) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -C0 CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2>2Ph) -N-(OCH2Ph) ] Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2 h) -N-(Ν(CH3)2) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C (O) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C(0) (CH2 )2Ph-3,4-Cl2)-N-(CH3)]Gly-Orn (N- methylamidino) -CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-0CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (N-methylamidino) -
C02CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -OH [N- -C (0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C (0) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(O) Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -
OH
[N- -C(0)Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C (0) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C (O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(OH) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-borόOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH )2Ph) -N-(N(CH3) ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-boroOr (formamidino) -OH [N- -C (O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O)Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- -C(O) (CH )2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) - OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C('θ) (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH2) 2Ph]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C (0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N- ( CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
C10H16
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -CιoHι6 [N- -C(0) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16
[N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -CioHie [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (n-C3H7 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- ( i-C3H7 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CδHi2 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (OCH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -CιoHι6 [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(0CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (ΝH2 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -Cι0Hι6 [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(0) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C02H ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2CO2CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C (0)CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(0) (CH2)3Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(O) Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -C10H16 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -
CioHie
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino)-CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C (0) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C (0) Ph-4-CH Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0) Ph-3-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C (0)CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino)-CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(π-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-U-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino)-CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino)-CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C (O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(N(CH3) 2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2Cθ2H) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2Cθ2CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(0)CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CF3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph-3, 4-C12) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CF3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH2) 2Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-4-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-2:-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CH2Ph-3, 4-CI2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH )2Ph) -N-(n-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(i-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(OH) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2? ) -N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH )2Ph) -N-(N(CH3)2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(NHBoc) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C02H) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2) 2P ) -N-(CH2CO2CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 (CH2) 3P ) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH )2Ph-4-Cl) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph- -OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -OCH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2)2Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0)Ν(CH3)CH2Ph) -N-Ph]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-3-CH=CHPh) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N-'(-C(0)Ph-3-CH2CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-3-SPh-3-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C (0) Ph-2-CH2Ph-2-Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C(O) Ph-4-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N-(-C(0)Ph-2-CH2Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -C02CH3 [N-(-C(0)Ph-3-CH2Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -C02CH3 [N-(-C(0) Ph-3-CH2Ph-2-CF3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
C02CH3
[N-(-C(0)CH2Ph-3, 4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2) Ph) -N-(C2H5) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(J_-C3H7) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(i-C3H7) ] Gly-Orn (formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(C6Hι2) ]Gly-Orn (formamidino) -CO2CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OH) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(OCH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3
[N-(-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(0CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3
[N-(-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N-(ΝH2) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(Ν(CH3) ) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(ΝHBoc) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C02H) ] Gly-Orn (formamidino) -
CO2CH3 [N-(-C(0) (CH )2Ph) -N-(CH2C02CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- ( -C (0) CH2Ph) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-Orn ( f ormamidino) -C02CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)3Ph)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N- -C(O)Ph) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph) -N-CH2Ph) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3,4-Cl2) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CO2CH3
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-Cl)-N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -CO2CH3 [N- -C (0) (CH2)2Ph-4-CH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -C02CH3 [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-4-OCH3) -N-(CH3) ]Gly-Orn(formamidino) -
CO2CH3
[Ν- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -Ν- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-Ν-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C (O) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2C(ethanediyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl)Ph-3-CH3)] -
Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C(O) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) PI1-3-CH3) ] -
Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [Ν- -C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph-3, 5- (CH3)2)]-Gly boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C (O) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3 , 5- (CH3 ) 2 ) ] - Gly-boroLys -OH
[Ν- -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (propane-1 , 3-diyl ) Ph-3 , 5- (CH3 ) 2 ) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C (O) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (butane-1 , 4-diyl ) Ph-3 , 5- (CH3 ) 2 ) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C (O) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3-NH2 ) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [Ν- -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph-3-NH2 ) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH
[Ν- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[Ν- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ]_
Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ]-
Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N- CH2CH2Ph-3 -N02 ) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N- CH2CH ( i-C3H7 ) Ph-3 -N02 ) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N- CH2C ( ethanediyl ) Ph-3 -Nθ2 ) ] -Gly
-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N- CH2C (propane-1 , 3 -diyl ) Ph-3 -Nθ2 ) ] -
Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (butane-l , 4-diyl ) Ph-3 -N02 ) ] -
Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (CH2CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C(propane-l, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2CH2PI-1-3-CH3) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C(CH3)2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly-boroArg-
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph -N- CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] -
Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N- CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] -
Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h -N- CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH
[N- -C(0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3, 5- (CH3 ) 2) ] -
Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3 , 5- (CH3)2) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2CH2Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly-boroArg- OH
[N- -C (0) (CH2) 2? ) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2P -3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2,)2Ph) -N-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2 h) -N-(CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] - Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] - Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3-Nθ2) ] -Gly-boroArg-OH
[N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly-boroArg
-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroArg-OH [N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(propane-l, 3-diyl)Ph-3-N02) ]- Gly-boroArg-OH [N- -C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2C(butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-N02) ] - Gly-boroArg-OH [N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C(CH2CH3) 2P ) ] -Gly-boroOrn
(formamidino) -OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(2-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly-boroOrn
(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(propane-l, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(2-C3H7) Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-CH3) ] - Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl) Ph-3-CH3) ]- Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH2C(CH3) 2Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2)2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3)2Ph-3, 5- (CH3)2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(2-C3H7) Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph)-N-(CH2C(ethanediyl)Ph-3, 5- (CH3)2) ]- Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C(propane-1,3-diyl) Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3, 5- (CH3) 2) ] -Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
•5.6- [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph) -N-(CH2C(propane-l, 3-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ]- Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-NH2) ] - Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2?h) -N- (CH2CH2Ph-3-Nθ2) ] -Gly-boroOrn (formamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(CH3)2Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(O) (CH2)2?h) -N- (CH2CH(2-C3H7) Ph-3-N02) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C(O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph-3-Nθ2) ] -Gly- boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (O) (CH2) 2Ph) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph-3-Nθ2) ] - Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N- (-C (O) (CH2) 2 h) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph-3-N02) ] - Gly-boroOrn(formamidino) -OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2~2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2~2-pyridyl)-N-(CH2C(CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (O) (CH2) 2-2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2"2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2CHU-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2-2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C(0) (CH2) 2-2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C(propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2-2-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2"3-pyridyl) -N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2-3-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2-3-pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- (-C(O) (CH2)2" -Pyridyl) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2-3-Pyridy1) -N-(CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2" -pyridyl) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2) 2-3-pyridyl)-N-(CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl) Ph) ]
-Gly-boroLys-OH
[N-(-C (O) (CH2)2Ph-3-OH)-N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- (-C (O) (CH2) 2Ph-3-OH) -N- (CH2C (CH3) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OH) -N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OH) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OH) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-OH) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OH)-N-(CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OMe)-N-(CH2C(CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH [N- (-C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2CH(i-C3H7) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2C (ethanediy1) Ph)] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- (-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2C(propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-OMe) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- •N02 ) -N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■N02 ) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■N02 ) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys -
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■NO2) -N-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- •NO2 ) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl ) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- •NO2) -N- (CH2C(propane-l, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■NO2) -N-(CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- •CO2H) -N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■CO2H) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■CO2H) -N- (CH2C (CH2CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- •CO2H) -N- (CH2CH ( i-C3H7 ) Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-
OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■C02H)-N-(CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- CO2H) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ] -
Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3- ■CO2H) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3-C02Me)-N- (CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph-3-C02Me) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3-C02Me)-N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3-C02Me) -N- (CH2CH (i-C3H7 ) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
[N- -C(O) (CH2)2Ph-3-C02Me) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N-(-C (0) (CH2)2Ph-3-C02Me) -N- (CH2C (propane-1, 3-diyl) Ph) ]-
Gly-boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-C02Me) -N- (CH2C (butane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -
Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-NH2) -N-(CH2CH2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH
[N- (-C (0) (CH2) 2Ph-3-NH2 ) -N- (CH2C (CH3 ) 2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-NH2)-N-(CH2C(CH2CH3)2Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-NH2)-N-(CH2CH(i-C3H7)Ph) ] -Gly-boroLys- OH
[N- (-C (O) (CH2 ) 2Ph-3-NH2) -N- (CH2C (ethanediyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N- (-C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph-3-NH2 ) -N- {CH2C (propane-1, 4-diyl) Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH [N-(-C(0) (CH2)2Ph-3-NH2)-N-(CH2C(butane-l, 4-diyl)Ph) ] -Gly- boroLys-OH
This invention also provides compositions comprising one or more of the foregoing compounds and methods of using such compositions in the treatment of aberrant proteolysis such as thrombosis in mammals .
Detail Description of the Invention
As used throughout the specifications, the following abbreviations for amino acid residues or amino acids apply:
His = L-histidine lie = L-isoleucine
Leu = L-leucine
Lyε = L-lysine Met = L-methionine
Phe = L-phenylalanine
Pro = L-proline
Ser = L-serine
Thr = L-threonine Trp = L-tryptophan
Tyr = L-tyrosine
Val = L-valine
Sar = L-sarcosine
Irg = L-arginine where the guanidine is replaced with an isothiouroniu (-SC(=NH)NH2)
The "D" prefix for the foregoing abbreviations indicates the amino acid is in the D-configuration. "D,L" indicates the amino is present in mixture of the D- and the -configuration. The prefix "boro" indicates amino acid residues where the carboxyl is replaced by a boronic acid or a boronic acid ester. For example, if R-'- is isopropyl and γl and Y2 are OH, the C-terminal residue is abbreviated "boroVal-OH" where "-OH" indicates the boronic acid is in the form of the free acid. The pinanediol boronic acid ester and the pinacol boronic acid ester are abbreviated "- ClθHi6" and "-C6H 2", respectively. Examples of other useful diols for esterification with the boronic acids are 1, 2-ethanediol, 1, 3-propanediol, 1, 2-propanediol, 2,3- butanediol, 1, 2-diisopropylethanediol, 5, 6-decanediol, and 1, 2-dicyclohexylethanediol . Other abbreviations are: formamidino, HC(=NH)-; N-methylamidino , CH3ΝHC (=ΝH) -; Z, benzyloxycarbonyl; BSA, benzene sulfonic acid; THF, tetrahydrofuran; Boc-, t-butoxycarbonyl-; Ac-, acetyl; pNA, p-nitro-aniline; DMAP, 4-N, N-dimethylaminopyridine ; Tris, Tris (hydroxymethyl)aminomethane; MS, mass spectrometry; FAB/MS, fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry. LRMS(NH3- CD and HRMS(NH3-CI) are low and high resolution mass spectrometry, respectively, using NH3 as an ion source. Thus, an example of the chemical structure based on the nomenclature used herein is:
[N- ( -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph) -N- ( CH3 ) ] Gly-Orn ( f ormamidino ) -C02CH3 represents
and [N- ( -C (0) (CH2 ) 2Ph-4-OCH3 ) -N- (CH3 ) ] Gly-boroPhe (JTICΝ) -OH represents
It is understood that many of the compounds of the present invention contain one or more chiral centers and that these stereoisomers may possess distinct physical and biological properties. The present invention comprises all of the stereoisomers or mixtures thereof. If the pure enantiomers or diasteromers are desired, they may be prepared using starting materials with the appropriate stereochemistry, or may be separated from mixtures of undesired stereoisomers by standard techniques, including chiral chromatography and recrystalization of diastereomeric salts.
The term "amine-blocking group" or "amine-protecting group" as used herein, refers to various acyl, thioacyl, alkyl, sulfonyl, phosphoryl, and phosphinyl groups comprised of 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Substituents on these groups maybe either alkyl, aryl, alkaryl which may contain the heteroatoms, 0, S, and N as a substituent or as inchain component. A number of amine-blocking groups are recognized by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of suitable groups include for yl, acetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, and methoxysuccinyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups, such as, benzyloxycarbonyl; and aliphatic urethane protecting groups, such as t-butoxycarbonyl or adamantyloxycarbonyl. Gross and Meienhofer, eds. , The Peptides , Vol 3; 3-88 (1981), Academic Press, New York, and Greene and Wuts Protective Groups in Organi c Synthesis , 315-405 (1991), J. Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York disclose numerous suitable amine protecting groups and they are incorporated herein by reference for that purpose.
"Amino acid residues" as used herein, refers to natural or unnatural amino acids of either D- or L- configuration. Natural amino acids residues are Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gin, Glu, Gly, His, lie, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, and Val. Roberts and Vellaccio, The Peptides, Vol 5; 341-449 (1983), Academic Press, New York, discloses numerous suitable unnatural amino acids and is incorporated herein by reference for that purpose. "Amino acids residues" also refers to various amino acids where εidechain functional groups are coupled with appropriate protecting groups known to those skilled in the art. "The Peptides", Vol 3, 3-88 (1981) discloses numerous suitable protecting groups and is incorporated herein by reference for that purpose. As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
"Alkoxy" represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.
"Cycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated ring groups, including mono-,bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl and cyclooctyl, and so forth. "Alkenyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl, and the like. "Halo" or "halogen" as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
The term "aryl" is defined as phenyl, fluorenyl, biphenyl and naphthyl, which may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents.
The term "heteroaryl" is meant to include 5-, 6-, 9-, or 10-membered mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings which can optionally contain from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of 0, N, and S; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents. Included in the definition of the group heteroaryl, but not limited to, are the following: 2- , or 3-, or 4-pyridyl; 2-or 3-furyl; 2- or 3-benzofuranyl; 2-, or 3-thiophenyl; 2- or 3-benzo[b] thiophenyl; 2-, or 3-, or 4-quinolinyl; 1-, or 3-, or 4-isoquinolinyl; 2- or 3- pyrrolyl; 1- or 2- or 3- indolyl; 2-, or 4-, or 5-oxazolyl; 2-benzoxazolyl ; 2- or 4- or 5-imidazolyl; 1- or 2- benzimidazolyl; 2- or 4- or 5-thiazolyl; 2-benzothiazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-isoxazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-pyrazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-isothiazolyl; 3- or 4-pyridazinyl; 2- or 4- or 5- pyrimidinyl; 2-pyrazinyl; 2-triazinyl; 3- or 4- cinnolinyl; 1-phthalazinyl; 2- or 4-quinazolinyl; or 2-quinoxalinyl ring. Particularly preferred are 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl; 2-, or 3-furyl; 2-, or 3-thiophenyl; 2-, 3-, or 4-quinolinyl; or 1-, 3-, or 4-isoquinolinyl .
The term "heterocycle" is meant to include 5-, 6-, 9-, or 10-membered mono- or bicyclic rings which can optionally contain from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, 0, or S, with the proviso that proline is excluded from this group; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents. Included in the definition of the group heterocycle, but not limited to, are tetrahydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine. Particularly preferred are 1-, 3-, or 4-tetrahdroisoquinolinyl .
Unless otherwise specified, the substituents that may be attached to the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle ring(s) may be independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of: halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, methylenedioxy, -NO2, -CF3,_-SH, -S(0)r-(Cι-C4 alkyl) , CN, -OH, -NH2, -NH(Cι-C alkyl) , -N(Cι-C alkyl) 2, -C(=NH)NHR4,
-NHC(=NR4), -NHC (=NH)NHR4, -NHC(=0)R4, - (CH2)p-C02R4, -NHCO C1-C4 alkoxy), -NH(Cι-C alkoxy)2. -N(Cι-C4 alkoxy) , phenyl which may be unsubstituted or substituted with R13. By "stable compound" or "stable structure" is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound of formula (I) is modified by making acid or base salts of the compound of formula (I) . Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
"Prodrugs" are considered to be any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug according to formula (I) in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (I) are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds . Prodrugs include compounds of formula (I) wherein hydroxy, amine, or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy1, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of formula (I); and the like.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 17th ed.,
Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985, p. 1418, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Synthesis
The compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared using the reactions and techniques described below, in addition to synthetic procedures described in Applicant's Assignee's commonly assigned patent applications UΞSN 08/010,731 (filed January 29, 1993), USSN 08/036,378 (filed March 24, 1993), and USSN 08/052,835 (filed April 27, 1993), all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The reactions are performed in a solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and suitable for the transformations being effected. It will be understood by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on the molecule should be consistent with the transformations proposed. This will sometimes require a judgment to modify the order of the synthetic steps or to select one particular process scheme over another in order to obtain a desired compound of the invention. It will also be recognized that another major consideration in the planning of any synthetic route in this field is the judicious choice of the protecting group used for protection of the reactive functional groups present in the compounds described in this invention. An authoritative account describing the many alternatives to the trained practitioner is Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups In Organic Synthesis , Wiley and Sons (1991) .
Scheme 1
M is a carboxylic acid protecting group
The preparation of the required N, N-disubstituted amino acid subunit can be accomplished by the sequence outlined in Scheme 1. A variety of methods for the asymmetric synthesis of the amino acids required for the amino acid ester substrate (II) is reviewed by Morrison and Mosher (Asymmetri c Organic Reactions , American Chemical Society, 297-334 (1976) and references there in) . The appropriate ester (II) , where M is the ester residue, can be conjugated to give the N-substituted intermediate (III) by N-monoalkylation with an alkyl halide related to R11. Typical conditions for N-monoalkylation include the admixture of an excess of (II), the required alkyl bromide or iodide and a base in an anhydrous polar aprotic solvent, such as acetone, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide. The option exists for stirring this mixture at room temperature or heating at temperatures up to the reflux point of the selected solvent . The base added is chosen so that it will not interfere with the ester functionality of (II) ; among those recommended are non-nucleophilic bases such as sodium hydride or potassium carbonate. Another general route for the preparation of compounds of this type is the reductive amination of (II) with a selected aldehyde related to R11. In this procedure, a mixture of (II) and the aldehyde are heated in an anhydrous non polar solvent, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, with continuous removal of evolved water by drying agents or azeotropic distillation. This process causes condensation of the aldehyde with amine (II) . The condensation product is reduced to monoalkylated (III) by treatment with a selective hydride reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium borohydride, according to the method of Getson et . al . , J. Het erocycl . Chem . 1 , 300 (1964), or by catalytic hydrogenation with platinum, palladium, nickel or Raney nickel in an alcohol solvent like propanol, ethanol or methanol, according to the method of Hudlicky, Reductions In Organic Synthesis , John Wiley and Sons, pp. 134 (1984) .
While a number of coupling or acylation methods can be contemplated for the preparation of the disubstituted derivative (IV) from (III) , (see Bodanszky and Bodanszky, The Practi ce of Peptide Synthesis , Springer-Verlag, p. 87- 150 (1984) ), three methods are preferred. In the first, a solution of (III) in an anhydrous non polar solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane, at -78°C or higher is treated sequentially with a selected acid chloride related to R3 followed by a trialkylamine base. This mixture is allowed to warm to ambient temperature over several hours if required. The second method is the mixed anhydride procedure of Anderson et al . reported in J. Am. Chem . Soc . 89, 5012 (1967) . In this procedure the alkyl mixed anhydride is generated by dissolving a selected carboxylic acid related to R3 in non-polar anhydrous solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane, and adding one equivalent of a trialkylamine base. The solution is stirred at -78°C or higher and one equivalent of an alkylchloroformate is added. After formation of the mixed anhydride is complete, a solution of one equivalent each of intermediate (III) and a trialkylamine base is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred with or without cooling until the reaction is complete. The third method preferred for amide formation is the hydroxybenzotriazole / dialkylcarbodiimide method of Koing and Geiger in Chem. Ber. 103, 788 (1970) . Thus, to (III) and a selected carboxylic acid related to R3, dissolved in an aprotic solvent like N, N-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, at -78°C or higher, is added dialkylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenzotriazole and a trialkylamine base. If necessary, the stirred solution is allowed to thaw to ambient temperature over several hours . An alternative preparation of N, N-disubstituted amino acids uses α-halo- or α-sulfonate acylesters such as (V) of Scheme 2. Compound (V) can be treated with a primary amine related to R11 in.the presence of a variety of bases like potassium carbonate, triethyl amine or sodium hydride and in solvents such as ethyl ether, acetone or dimethylformamide at temperatures ranging from -78° C to the reflux point of the solvent selected. From this reaction can be isolated the N-alkyl aminoacid ester (III) of Scheme 1; the N-alkyl -N-acylamino acid ester (IV) can be prepared from compound (III) by any of the methods outlined in Scheme 1 and the related discussion hereafter.
The preparation of intermediates which will lead to compounds where R3 and R11 may be taken together to form a cyclic amide or phthalimide is described in Scheme 2. N, N- Disubstituted α-amino acid subunits (VI) which lead to compounds of this type are best derived by reaction of an appropriate α-haloester (V), where J = Cl, Br, I.
Scheme 2
protecting group with the alkali metal salt of an amide or phthalimide related to the desired cyclized combination of R3 and R11 in a polar aprotic solvent according to the method of Daly et. al.in J. Med. Chem. 33, 2818 (1990) ; Neuberger and Scott, J. Chem. Soc . p 1820 (1954) . In a typical preparation the alkali metal salt of the required cyclic amide or phthalimide is generated by adding one equivalent of a strong non-nucleophilic base such as sodium or potassium hydride, a lithium dialkylamine, or lithium trimethyl- or lithium triphenylmethane to a solution of the amide or phthalimide in an anhydrous inert solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1, 2-dimethoxyethane, at -78° C or higher. When the salt formation is complete, the solvent is removed by distillation and replaced by the appropriate polar aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, N, N- dimethylformamide or methylsulfoxide. The appropriate α- chloro- or α-bromoester is introduced and the mixture stirred at room temperature or with heating until the haloester is consumed.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the acid derivatives of the N, N- disubstituted α-amino acid esters (IV) and (VI) are the required precursors for the preparation of the thrombin inhibitors disclosed in this invention. It is recommended that compounds (IV) and (VI) be prepared as either the benzyl, methyl or t-butyl esters because of the ease with which esters of these types may be converted to their corresponding acids. In the case of a benzyl ester (e.g.. (IV) or (VI), where M = -CH2C6H5) , hydrogenolysis of an alcohol solution of the compound may be effected under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas in the presence of platinum or palladium on carbon catalyst according to the reported by Hartney and Simonoff, Org. React . VII, 263 (1953) ; with a methyl ester (IV) or (VI), where M = -CH3, treatment of an ethanol solution of the compound with an aqueous base, such as one equivalent of sodium hydroxide solution, will give the desired acid. The t-butyl ester (IV) or (VI) , where M = -C(CH3)3, is readily cleaved by acid under anhydrous conditions; for example trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane solution removes the t-butyl ester of derivatives of (IV) at ambient temperature as reported by Bryan et . al. , J. Am. Chem . Soc . 99, 2353 (1977) . A number of alternative esters and procedures are detailed in Greene and Wuts (1991) .
Scheme 3 illustrates the coupling of the acid derivatives of (IV) or (VI) with boropeptide synthons (VII) or (VIII) to give intermediates (IX) or (X) .
Scheme 3
The preparation of synthons (VII) and (VIII) has been described by Kettner and Shenvi (EP 293 881 A2) . It will be recognized by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the methodology described by Kettner and Shenvi can be applied to make homologous boropeptide synthons related to (VII) and (VIII) . These homologues may be used in the appropriate processes described herein to prepare the corresponding thrombin inhibitors . The coupling of the carboxylic acid derivative of (IV) or (VI) to boropeptide synthon (VII) or (VIII) has been described previously by Kettner et al . in J". Biol . Chem . 265 ,18289 (1990) and, in general, the standard amino acid coupling protocols detailed by Bodanszky and Bodanszky (1984) are effective for making the compounds of this invention. Preferred methods are the mixed anhydride procedure of Anderson et al . (1967) and the hydroxybenzotriazole/dialkylcarbodiimide method of Koing and Geiger (1970) . In the mixed anhydride procedure, the anhydride is generated by dissolving a carboxylic acid related to (IV) or (VI) in a non polar anhydrous solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane, and adding one equivalent of a trialkylamine base. The solution is stirred at -78° and up to 0°C, then one equivalent of an alkylchloroformate is added. After formation of the mixed anhydride is complete, a solution of boropeptide synthon (VII) or (VIII) and a trialkylamine base is added. The mixture is stirred for one hour with cooling followed by several hours at ambient temperature. By the hydroxybenzotriazole/dialkylcarbodiimide method, (VII) or (VIII) and the acids of (IV) or (VI) are dissolved in an aprotic solvent, such as N, N-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran, at -78° or higher. To this solution one equivalent each of dialkylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenzotriazole and a trialkylamine base are added. If necessary, the solution is allowed to stir and thaw to ambient temperature over several hours.
A process for the preparation of the boropeptide thrombin inhibitors of this invention from intermediates (IX) and (X) is disclosed in Scheme 4. Compound (IX) serves as a starting point for isothiouronium thrombin inhibitors (XI) and (XII) . The boronic ester (XI) is prepared by stirring a solution of (IX) and thiourea in an inert polar solvent, such as an alcohol or N, N- dimethylformamide, at temperatures ranging from ambient to the reflux temperature of the selected solvent. It is understood that a boronic acid ester like compound (XI) is an effective thrombin inhibitor, however, it may be transformed to the corresponding free boronic acid (XII) without a loss of biological activity. Compound (XII) is derived from the boron ester (XI) by transesterification under equilibrium conditions.
Scheme 4
H,N
fXlh : A = BfOH)2
Thus stirring ester (XI) with an excess of an alkyl- or aryl boric acid in a biphasic mixture of neutral or acidic water and an immiscible solvent, such as ethyl ether or toluene, gives (XII) after several hours at ambient temperature. The conditions generally preferred use 5 to 10 equivalents of phenylboric acid in ethyl ether/water at
10 neutral pH. Thrombin inhibitors (XIII) to (XVI) are obtained by reduction of an azide intermediate prepared from (IX) or (X) . The azide intermediate is prepared by heating either (IX) or (X) with an inorganic azide, such as sodium or potassium azide, in an anhydrous polar aprotic
15 solvent, such as acetone, dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide at temperatures ranging from ambient to 130°C. Alternatively, phase transfer conditions may be employed to prepare the azide intermediate from (IX) or (X) . For example, a tetraalkylammonium azide in a non-polar aprotic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or toluene, or a crown ether and inorganic azide in biphasic mixtures of water and an immiscible solvent, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, can be stirred at room temperature or heated up to the reflux point of the selected solvent . The primary amines (XIII) and (XIV) are most conveniently obtained from the catalytic hydrogenation of the azide in an inert solvent, such as an alcohol, ethyl acetate or tetrahydrofuran with a transition metal catalyst such as platinum or palladium on carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas . A variety of alternative methods are also useful and can be found in the monograph by Hudlicky (1984, pp. 76) . The acid salt of the resulting amines (XIII) and (XIV) may be formed by the addition of one equivalent of the desired acid to the hydrogenation mixture. Phenylboric acid mediated hydrolysis of esters (XIII) and (XIV) gives the free boronic acid thrombin inhibitors (XV) and (XVI) , compounds of formula (I) of the invention.
Compounds containing a primary guanidine or N- alkyl guanidine functionality may be prepared by the alternative process outlined in Scheme 4. As illustrated with primary amine (XIII), the transformation to (XVII) is effected with a guanidinylation agent, such as an S-alkyl thiourea, aminoiminomethane sulfonic acid reported by Miller and Bischoff Synthesis 9, 777 (1986), cyanamide reported by Kettner et al. (1990) or their Ν-alkyl derivatives. This mixture is stirred at room temperature or higher with a base, such as potassium carbonate, triethylamine or N, N- dimethylaminopyridine in an inert solvent like water, alcohol, N, N-dimethylformamide or acetone. The guanidine boronic acid esters (XVII) can be deesterified to give the corresponding boronic acid (XVIII) by the phenylboric acid procedure described above.
According to Scheme 5, the bromide (X) is converted to the corresponding alkylnitrile (XIX) upon exposure to the cyanide anion under a variety of conditions.
Scheme 5
Effective methods include the use of potassium or sodium cyanides in polar aprotic solvents, such as N,N- dimethy1formamide, methylsulfoxide, acetone or ethylmethyl ketone, at temperatures ranging from ambient up to the reflux point of the selected solvent. More useful, however, are conditions employing phase transfer agents such as tetrabutylammonium cyanide in a nonpolar aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or toluene, or a biphasic mixture of a crown ether and an inorganic cyanide in water with an immiscible solvent like benzene, toluene or xylene. These mixtures can be stirred at ambient temperature or heated up to the reflux temperature of the selected solvent. An amidine like (XX) is prepared by first treating nitrile (XIX) with a saturated solution of a mineral acid such as hydrogen chloride in an alcohol solvent at room temperature or lower. The intermediate O-alkylimidate can be exposed to ammonia, or a primary or secondary amine under anhydrous conditions with or without an inert solvent. As illustrated in Scheme 5, compound (XX) is produced by treating the O-alkylimidate formed from (XIX) with neat anhydrous ammonia at reflux. The free boronic acid (XXI) is obtained by transesterification of (XX) with phenylboric acid in a mixture of water and diethyl ether.
The formamidine substituted boronic acid (XXIII) is prepared from alkylamine (XV) as shown in Scheme 6. Compounds of (XV) can be stirred with an O-alkyl or O-aryl formimidate from 0°C or up to the reflux temperature of an inert anhydrous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or N, N- dimethylformamide to give formamidine (XXII) . Free boronic acid (XXIII) is produced from (XXII) by the phenylboric acid transesterification protocol.
Scheme 6
As shown in Scheme 7, the N-cyanoguanidine substituted boronic acid (XXVI) , can be prepared by the reaction of (XV) with an N-cyanoisourylation agent such as £,_?-dimethyl N-cyanoiminodithiocarbonate or 0, O-diphenyl N-cyanodiimino- carbonate. In this general process, compounds of Formula (XV) are combined with a selected iminocarbonate in an inert, anhydrous solvent like tetrahydrofuran or N, N- dimethylformamide. The mixture is stirred at 0°C or up to the reflux temperature of the chosen solvent until there is obtained an N-cyano-S-isourea or N-cyano-O-isourea of the Formula (XXIV) similar to that reported by Barpill et al., J. Heterocycli c Chem . 25, 1698 (1988) . This intermediate is treated with an amine such as Scheme 7
(XXIV) wherein X is -SMe, -OPh
ammonia, or more generally, an alkylamine or an arylamine with or without an inert solvent like water, tetrahydrofuran or an alcohol at temperatures ranging from 0°C to reflux to give the aminolysis product (XXV) . Treatment of (XXV) as described above with phenylboric acid can provide (XXVI) .
The N-hydroxyguanidino inhibitors, as shown in Scheme 8, are prepared by treating amine (XV) with cyanogen bromide or cyanogen chloride followed by hydroxylamine in an inert• solvent to yield (XXVII) according to Νakahara et. al., Tetrahedron 33, 1591 (1977); and Belzecki et al., J. Chem. Soc . Chem . Commun . p. 806 (1970) . Transesterification of (XXVII) by the phenylboric acid method can provide (XXVIII) . Scheme 8
A general preparation for the new aromatic boronic acids is illustrated in Scheme 9. Functionalized benzylic anions containing either a halo- or cyano- substituent are obtained with a variety of metalation agents, such as activated zinc metal/CuCN«2LiCl based on the report of Berk et al. Organometallics 9, 3053 (1990); or use of lithium metal according to Michel et al. , J. Organometallic Chem . 204, 1 (1981); or lithium naphthalenide in the presence of zinc chloride based on the report of Zhu et al . , J. Org. Chem. 56, 1445 (1991) in an inert solvent like tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane at temperatures of -78°C or higher. Dichloromethyl boronic acid pinanediol, prepared by the method described by Tsai et al. in Organometallics 2 , 1543 (1983), is allowed to react with the transmetallated anion in the selected solvent to give (XXIX) . The a-aminoboronic acid, (XXX) , can be obtained by treating (XXIX) with the sodium or lithium salt of hexamethyldisilizane in a polar aprotic solvent like acetone, N, N-dimethylformamide or methyl sulfoxide with heating at temperature up to the reflux point of the selected solvent, if necessary. The trimethylsilyl protecting groups are removed by treatment with
Scheme 9 .
(XXXIb) : A = B (OH)2
(XXXI lb)
anhydrous acid such as gaseous hydrogen chhloride or trifluoroacetic acid in an inert solvent like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at -78°C or higher. Compound (XXX) was coupled to the N, N-disubstituted a-amino acids (IV) or (VI), using the techniques described in Scheme 3, to give the boronic acid ester (XXXIa).
Transesterification of (XXXIa) by the phenylboric acid protocol ( vide infra) gives inhibitor (XXXIb) . In Scheme 9, the aromatic nitrile (XXXIa) is converted to the amidine (XXXIIa) by methods described for the synthesis of aliphatic amidine (XX) in Scheme 5. Removal of the pinanediol protecting group of (XXXIIa) gives the free boronic acid derivative (XXXlIb) .
As detailed in Scheme 10, compound (XXXIa) is a versatile intermediate that can be hydrogenated to yield the aminomethyl derivative (XXXIIIa) under a variety of conditions (Hudlicky, (1984), pp 173).
Scheme 10.
Catalysts recommended for this transformation include transition metals like rhodium, Raney nickel, nickel boride, nickel, platinum or palladium; these reductions occur readily under atmospheres of hydrogen or ammonia at pressures ranging from 1 to 300 atmospheres, at room temperature or higher, and in inert solvents such as water, an alcohol, ethyl acetate or tetrahydrofuran. Furthermore, from (XXXIIIa) , the formamidino- (XXXIVa) , cyanoguanidino- (XXXVa) , hydroxyguanidino- (XXXVIa) and guanidino- analogs (XXXVIIa) can prepared by the same procedures described for the aliphatic series in Schemes 4, 6 through 8. The boronic acid esters (XXXIIIa)- (XXXVIIa) can all be trransesterified to the corresponding free boronic acid inhibitors (XXXIIIb) - (XXXVIIb) using the phenyl boronic acid method prviously described.
Aromatic boronic acid inhibitors (XLIa.b) , with the guanidine functionality substituted directly on the aromatic nucleus, can be prepared from precursor (XXXVIII) according to Scheme 11. Nitration of the aromatic ring of (XXXVIII) according to the method of Olah and Kuhn, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 84, 3684 (1962) can occur readily with agents such as acetyl nitrate, nitrosonium tetrafluoroborate (Nθ2 +BF4 ~) and nitrosonium hexafluorophosphate (Nθ2 +PF6 ~) in inert solvents like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at -78°C or higher. The products of formula (XXXIX) can be reduced to the aniline derivative (LX) by catalytic hydrogenation. The catalysts recommended for this procedure include iron, zinc, platinum oxide, rhodium - platinum oxide, palladium, Raney nickel, copper chromite, and rhenium sulfide. While reduction occurs readily under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas at pressures range from 1 to 350 atmosphere in an inert solvent like water, an alcohol or ethyl acetate, other reagents which may affect this reaction are transfer agents such as hydrazine, formic acid or triethyl formate (Hudlicky, (1984), pp 73) . Scheme 11
(LXIb) : A = B (OH)2
The aniline (LX) can be converted to the phenylguanidine (LXIa) by the procedure described for (XVII) in Scheme 4. The transformation of (LXIa) to the free boronic acid (LXIb) is effected as in Scheme 4.
The several types of inhibitors disclosed in this invention can be broadly classified by their electrophilic functional group _\, as defined in Formula -(I) . The compounds described below, unlike the boron containing peptides, utilize a highly electrophilic carbon atom at A to interact with the active site serine of thrombin. The precursor for the electrophilic carbon inhibitors is the appropriately protected amino acid (LXII) of Scheme 12.
Scheme 12
(LXIII)
(LXVI)
Q = -(CH2)y- or -(CH2)q.1C6H4(CH2)p.1- v = 0-10
M = alkyl or benzyl
PG = protecting group
The preparation of (LXII) can be found in the general chemical literature, one such reference being the review by Morrison and Mosher (1976) . According to Scheme 12 various terminal functional groups are available from (XLII) : the formamidino- (XLIII), cyanoguanidino- (XLIV) , hydroxyguanidino- (XLV) and guanidino- analogs (XLVI) . These compounds are prepared by the same procedures described for the boropeptide series in Schemes 4, 6-8. The preparation of amidine derivative (XLVIII) and phenylguanidines of formula (L) from amino acids (XLVII) and (XLIX) is shown in Scheme 13. The conditions used to prepare amidines of formula (XLVIII) is discussed for (XX) of Scheme 5 while the method for formamidinylation of (XLIX) to give (L) is the same as that described to prepare (XVII) of Scheme 4.
(XLIX)
(L) Q = -(CH2)q.1C6H4-
. V = 0-10 = alkyl or benzyl PG = suitable amine protecting group
As shown in Scheme 14, appropriately protected derivatives of formulae (XLII)-(L), wherein M is an alkyl or benzyl group can be coupled with N, N-disubstituted acid (IV) or (VI) (wherein M is hydrogen) . The methodology to accomplish these transformations is the same as that used to prepare boropeptides (IX) and (X) of Scheme 3. The X group in compounds of formulae (XLII) through (L) and (LI) in Scheme 14, as well as in compounds illustrated in the Schemes to follow, is a protected version of the terminal functional group X, as defined by Formula (I), unless deprotection is indicated to obtain the final compound of the sequence.
Scheme 14
wherein X is terminal functional group (protected)
It is understood that the protecting group(s) used should compatible with the conditions of the process discussed; a good source for information on protecting group chemistry is Greene and Wuts (1991) . The preparation of the thrombin inhibitors trihalomethyl ketone (LIII) and a-ketoester (LIV) are shown in Scheme 15. The coupled ester (LI), wherein M is alkyl or benzyl can be converted to the acid (M is hydrogen) by the methodology appropriate for the particular ester functionality as described in Greene and Wuts (1984) . The aldehyde (LID can be prepared by selective reduction of the acid (LI, M is hydrogen) to the primary alcohol followed by oxidation. Scheme 15
(LIV) (LV)
5 To obtain the primary alcohol, the acid can be transformed to the mixed anhydride by condensation of the trialkylammonium salt of the acid with an alkyl- or arylchloroformate in an inert non-polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or toluene at-78°C to
10 room temperature. The solution of the resulting mixed anhydride is filtered and reduced to the peptidyl alcohol with an excess of a borohydride reducing agent in a compatible solvent like water or an alcohol at -78°C to room temperature according to the method of Rodriguez et.
15 al., Tetrahedron Lett . 32, 923 (1991) . The peptidyl alcohol can be oxidized to aldehyde (LII) without over oxidation by a variety of procedures, as detailed by Hudlicky in Oxidations in Organic Chemistry, American Chemical Society, p. 114 (1991) ; the preferred methods
20 include Swern oxidation described by Omura and Swern, Tetrahedron 34, 1651 (1978); and the Pfitzner-Moffat oxidation described by Fearon et al.in J. Med. Chem. 30, 1617 (1987). A two step protocol reported by Edwards, the trifluoromethyl ketones (LIII) (J is fluorine) from aldehyde (LII) . In this procedure a metallated trifluoromethyl anion is generated from an excess of trifluoromethyliodide or -bromide and an active metal such as zinc, magnesium, lithium or cadmium in inert, anhydrous solvents like tetrahydrofuran or N,N-dimethyIformamide at temperatures of -100°C up to the reflux point of the solvent. Alternatively, the metalated trifluoromethyl anion may be generated by the transmetallation of trifluoromethyliodide or -bromide with an organometallic compound such as a Grignard reagent or alkyllithium compound in an inert solvent like tetrahydrofuran, hexane or ether at temperatures ranging from -78°C up to the reflux point of the selected solvent. Aldehyde (LII) can be added to the solution of the metalated trifluoromethyl anion to form the trifluoroethanol derivative at temperatures of -100°C or higher. To obtain the trifluoromethyl ketone (LIII) where J is fluoro, the alcohol is oxidized by the Pfitzner-Moffat or Swern procedure. Removal of the protecting group(s) on terminal group X by the appropriate method will provide the thrombin inhibitors of formulae (LIII) .
Trihalomethyl analogs of (LIII) , where J is fluoro can also be prepared from aldehyde (LII) by a different method. The trihalomethyl ketones are prepared by treating aldehyde (LII) with either the trimethylsilyl trihaloacetate or the potassium or sodium trihaloacetate in a polar solvent such as an alcohol, N, N-dimethylformamide or methylsulfoxide with or without a base such as a trialkyl amine, potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide at temperatures of -78°C or higher according to the method of Beaulieu, Tetrahedron Lett . 32, 1031 (1991); Shell Int. Res., European Patent Application EP 16504 ) . The resulting a,a,a-trihaloethanol is oxidized and group X can be deprotected as above to give the thrombin inhibitors or formulae (LIII) . The a-ketoester thrombin inhibitors, exemplified by (LV) , are prepared according to a route disclosed by Iwanowicz et. al. in Bioorgan . Med. Chem. Let t . 12, 1607 (1992) . The tris (ethylthio)methyl anion is added to the peptidyl aldehyde (LII) in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, 1, 2-dimethoxyethane or toluene at -100°C or higher to give the alcohol (LIV) . The a-hydroxyl ester is generated from (LIV) by treatment with a mixture of mercuric salts, such as mercuric chloride and mercuric oxide, in an alcohol or water. Swern or Pfitzner-Moffat oxidation of the a-hydroxyl ester followed by the deprotection of substituent X protecting group provides thrombin inhibitors of formula (LV) .
Another method for the preparation of compound (LV) substitutes a 1-lithio-l-alkoxyethene or 1-magnesio-l- alkoxyethene for the tris (ethylthio)methyl anion of Scheme 15 in an addition reaction with peptidyl aldehyde (LII) . There can be obtained an adduct analogus to the tris (ethylthio)hydroxyethyl compound (LIV) when excess 1- magnesio- or 1-lithio-l-alkoxyethene anion is stirred at temperatures ranging from -100 °C to ambient temperature with (LII) in anhydrous solvents such as diethyl ether or tetrhydrofuran. This alkoxyolefin product may then be transformed to (LV) by oxidative cleavage with reagents such as ozone or periodate in an inert solvent such as a halohydrocarbon, lower alkyl ketone, an alcohol or water at temperatures ranging from -100 °C to ambient temperature, followed by oxidation of the intervening a-hydroxyester and deprotection as described above. The preparation of the a. a-dihalomethylketone thrombin inhibitors of this invention is outlined in Scheme 16. Scheme 16
(LII) (LVI)
Q=(CH2)1.12or(CH2)qC6H4(CH2)p
(LVII)
The a,a-dihalomethylketone (LVII), where J is fluoro can be prepared from the aldehyde (LII) by selective reaction of the aldehyde with the anion of the corresponding dihalomethane. The metalated dihalomethane anion is generated from one equivalent each of a strong hindered base, such as lithium tetramethylpiperidide or tertbutyllithium, and the selected dihalomethane in an anhydrous, inerfsolvent like tetrahydrofuran or 1,2- dimethoxyethane at -100°C or higher according to the method of Taguchi et. al. Bull . Chem. Soc. Jpn . , 50, 1588 (1977). The metalated dihalomethane anion can be added to the aldehyde (LII) at -100°C or higher. Alternatively, the dihalomethane anion is generated from a dihalomethyl (trimethyl)silane and an anhydrous fluoride ion source such as tris (diethylamino)sulfonium difluoromethyl silicate in an inert solvent like benzene, acetonitrile or tetrahydrofuran at -78°C or higher, then (LII) can be added to give dihaloethanol (LVI) according to the method of Fujita and Hiyama, J. Am . Chem . Soc . 107, 4085 (1985) . The resulting dihaloethanol can be oxidized to ketone (LVII) by the Swern or Pfitzner-Moffat procedure. Removal of the protecting group(s) on substituent X of (LVII) gives the a,a-dihalomethylketone thrombin inhibitors. a-Halomethylketone thrombin inhibitors can be prepared by the process illustrated in Scheme 17.
The acid chloride (LVIII) can be prepared from acid (LI), wherein M is hydrogen or its trialkylammonium, sodium or potassium salt with a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride or dichloromethylmethyl ether in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane with or without a catalytic amount of N. N-dimethylformamide at -78°C or higher. Alternatively, the mixed anhydride of (LI) may be prepared as described for (LI) in Scheme 15. Compound (LVIII) or the mixed anhydride of (LI) can be treated with an ether solution of diazomethane and either anhydrous hydrogen fluoride or hydrogen chloride gas according to that described by McPhee and Klingsbury, Org. Synth . Coll . Ill, 119 (1955); or hydrogen bromide according to the method Miescher and Kaji, Helv. Chim . Acta . 24, 1471 (1941) .
Scheme 17
(LI) (LVIII)
Q=(CH2),.12or(CH2)qC6H4(CH2)p
(LIX)
Selection of the hydrogen fluoride gas will give the a- fluoromethylketone analog, (LIX) wherein J is fluoro; and hydrogen chloride gas gives the a-chloromethylketone analog (LIX) wherein J is chloro. Deprotection of X gives the corresponding thrombin inhibitors of (LIX) . The general preparative route for the a.b-diketoester, -amide and -ketone thrombin inhibitors of this invention is exemplified in Scheme 18. Compound (LVIII) or the mixed anhydride of (LI) can be reacted with a Wittig reagent such as methyl (triphenyl-phosphoranylidene)acetate in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile at temperatures ranging from 0°C to the reflux point of the solvent to give (LX) . Oxidative cleavage of the phosphoranylidene (LX) with an oxidizing agent like ozone or OXONE™ in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane or water at temperatures of -78°C or higher gives the vicinal tricarbonyl compound (LXI), analogous to that described by Wasser an and Vu, Tetrahedron Let t . 31, 5205 (1990) . Cleavage of the protecting group can provide thrombin inhibitors of formula (LXI) .
Scheme 18.
(LXI)
The preparative routes for the synthesis of the a- mono- and a,a-dihalo-b-ketoester -amide and ketone thrombin inhibitors of this invention are summarized in Scheme 19. The exemplified jb-ketoester (LXII) is available from the acid derivative (LI) . The acid (LI) can be treated with carbonyl diimidazole in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane at 0°C or higher to form the acyl imidazole. This acyl imidazole, or the mixed anhydride of (LI), can be further reacted with lithioethylacetate in solvents such as 1, 2-dimethoxyethane or tetrahydrofuran/hexane at temperatures ranging from
-100°C to ambient temperature, according to the method of Dow, J. Org. Chem. 55, 386 (1990) to give b-ketoester (LXII) . Scheme 19
(LI) : = H (LXII)
R4 R5 H
C(0)C(J)2C02CH3
R3 o Q
(LXIII) : J = H, halogen Q = (CH )1.12 or (CH2)qC6H4(CH2)p (LXIV) : J = dihalogen Compound (LXII) serves as a substrate for both mono- and dihalogenation. The a-monochloro analog of (LXIII) , where J is each chlorine and hydrogen, can be prepared by controlled halogenation reactions with reagents like N- chlorosuccinimide or thionyl chloride in an inert halogenated solvent and at temperatures ranging from -20°C to the reflux point of the selected solvent according to the methods of Uhle, J. Am . Chem. Soc. 83, 1460 (1961); and DeKimpe et. al., Synthesis 2 , 188 (1987) . The a,a-dihalo analog (LXIV) where J is chloro is available from halogenation with molecular chlorine in a halogenated solvent at temperatures of -20°C or higher according to the method of Bigelow and Hanslick, Org. Syn . Coll . II, 244 (1943) . Reagents such as N- fluorobis [ (trifluoromethyl) sulfonyl] imide are useful for the preparation of mono- and difluoro analogs (LXIII) and (LXIV) by reacting the appropriate stoichiometry of this reagent with (LXII) in a halogenated solvent at temperatures of -78°C or higher according to the method of Resnati and DesMarteau, J. Org . Chem. 56, 4925 (1991). Deprotection of substituent X of the halogenation products (LXIII) and (LXIV) can provide the corresponding thrombin inhibitors. Compounds of formula (LXII) also serves as a substrate for the preparation of tricarbonyl derivatives such as (LXI) (Scheme 18), Condensation of (LXII) with an aldehyde, such as benzaldehyde, gives an b-ene-a,g-dione. This ene-dione can be oxidatively cleaved with reagents like ozone or periodate to give tricarbonyl analog (LXI). The preparation of the mono- and dihalomethylketone thrombin inhibitors is outlined in Scheme 20. The intermediates formed in the preparation of the a-mono- and a,a-dihalo-b-ketoester thrombin inhibitors of Scheme 19 can be used in these preparations.
Scheme 20 .
(LXIII) : J = halogen, H (LIX) : J = dihalogen (LXIV) : J = dihalogen (LVII) : J = halogen, H
The decarboxylation of these halogenation products, (LXIII) and (LXIV) , can be effected by saponification of the ester with mild aqueous base such as potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide in water miscible solvents like an alcohol, tetrahydrofuran or N. N-dimethyIformamide, followed by adjusting the pH to a range of 4 to 6. This mixture can be either stirred at ambient temperatures or heated at various temperatures up to the reflux point of the solvent chosen until the formation of (LVII) or (LIX) is complete and is similar to that reported in Matsuda et. al., Tetrahedron Lett . 30, 4259 (1989). Removal of protecting group(s) can provide thrombin inhibitors corresponding to (LVII) or (LIX) .
Compounds of the present invention wherein the electrophilic group A is an a-hydroxy ester are prepared according to Scheme 21. The appropriate amino acid (LXVI) is reduced to the corresponding alcohol (LXVII) via ΝaBH4 treatment of the mixed anhydride. (LXVII) is then oxidized to the aldehyde (LXVIII) utilizing a Swern oxidation. (LXVIII) is converted to the thiocarbinol (XIX) via a lithiated orthoethylthioformate followed by conversion to the a-hydroxy methyl ester (LXX) upon treatment with mercuric salts. (LXX) is readily converted to the peptides of the invention via coupling with (IV) (M=H) to form (LXXI) under the conditions described in Scheme 3.
Scheme 21 . de
n = 2,3 -40°c
LXVΠ
LXVI
The preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein A is an a-keto ester, a-keto acid or a-keto ester hemiacetal is shown in Scheme 22. (LXXI) is converted to the a-keto ester LXXIII via a Swern Oxidation. (LXXIII) is further elaborated to hemiketal (LXXIV) by treating with methanol or to (LXXV) by treatment with hydroxide.
Scheme 22
LXXI
H.
The compounds of the present invention wherein A is an alkyl carbinol (LXXVII) or an alkyl ketone (LXXVIII) are prepared according to Scheme 23. (LXVIII) is treated with an alkyl-CeCl2 to form the alkyl carbinol (LXXVII) which is then subjected to the Swern oxidation to yield the alkyl ketone (LXXVIII) . (LXXVIII) is then further elaborated to the peptide compounds of the present invention (LXXX) by following the conditions outlined in Scheme 3.
Compounds of the present invention wherein R^ is an optionally substituted thiophenylbenzoyl group (LXXXIII) are prepared according to Scheme 24. The desired thiophenol (LXXXII) is coupled to the bromobenzoic acid via a copper promoted coupling reaction to form (LXXXIII) . (LXXXIII) is then coupled to (IV) (M=H) under the conditions outlined in Scheme 3 to form (LXXXIV) which is then coupled to (LXXXVI) under the conditions outlined in Scheme 3 to form (LXXXV) . It is understood that (LXXXV) need not be in final form and that any or all of the functional groups present may be converted to their desired final form using methods known to the skilled artisan. Scheme 24 .
LXXXΠ
LXXXm
Compounds of the present invention wherein R- is an optionally substituted benzylbenzoyl group are prepared according to Scheme 25. An optionally substituted bromophenyl compound (LXXXVII) is converted to its phenyl lithium derivative and reacted with a bromobenzaldehyde to form the optionally substituted diphenylmethyl carbinol (LXXXVIII) . (LXXXVIII) is further reduced to the substituted diphenylmethane (LXXXIX) with Et3SiH. (LXXXIX) is converted to XC. XC is then further elaborated to XCI and XCII by following the appropriate outline in previous schemes. Scheme 25
LXXXVU LXXXVIΠ
Inhibitors which contain a substituted phenethyl group as R11 are easily prepared according to Scheme 26. The appropriate phenylacetate (XCIV) is readily dialkylated with an excess of a small, unbranched alkyl halide (R18-X) and a suitable base such as .potassium tert-butoxide to form an a,a-bisalkylated ester (XCVa) . Reduction of XCVa to the primary alcohol may accomplished with many hydride reducing agents, a preferred agent being lithium aluminum hydride. Oxidation of the alcohol under Swern conditions or with pyridinium chlorochromate affords the aldehyde (XCV) . (XCV) is best coupled to the appropriate glycine derivative by reductive amination, a preferred procedure being reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride. The resulting amine (XCVI) is then coupled with R3 by any of several standard amide bond forming reactions familiar to those skilled in the art. A preferred method involves treating the amine with the appropriate acid chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine base, such as N- methylmorpholine or triethylamine. Saponifica ion of the ester affords the carboxylic acid (XCVII) . The acid (XCVII) is then coupled to (LXXXVI) and elaborated to the inhibitors of the present invention by following the procedures outlined in Schemes 3, 4, and 5.
Scheme 26
LXXXVI
XCVIa xcvπa
xcvma
Inhibitors which contain a 1 , w-alkanediyl substituted phenethyl group (XCVb) as R11 are easily prepared according to Scheme 27 . This procedure is similar to that of Scheme 26 , except that a l , w-bifunctional alkylating agent (X-R18- X) instead of a monofunctional alkylating agent (R18-X) . In this manner, inhibitors of the present invention with the general formula (XCVII lb ) may be prepared . Scheme 27
LXXXVI
XCVIb xcvπb
xcvπib
Inhibitors in which R- is an acylalkyl terminated by a carboxylic acid or ester (CD are prepared by the general route described in Scheme 28. Reaction of a suitably substituted cyclic anhydride (C) with an alkoxide such as sodium benzyl oxide affords a mono-protected diacid (C .
(CD is then coupled to an appropriate N-alkylglycine derivative ( (IV) , (M=H) by any of a number of methods known to the skilled artisan. The choice of ester groups should allow for selective deprotection of the glycine carboxylate. Preferred ester groups are methyl or ethyl on the glycine carboxylate and benzyl on the acylalkyl chain, so that saponification gives the acid (CII) . (CII) is then converted to the final products (CIII) following methods described in previous schemes.
Scheme 28.
. C Cl
Experimental Section
Intermediate 1 N-Methyl-N- t (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycine
Part A: To hydrocinnamic acid (10.0 g, 66.7 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (6.74 g, 66.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF, 200 inL) at 0°C was added n-butylchloroformate. The reaction was maintained at 0°C for 15 minutes, and the hydrochloride salt of sarcosine ethyl ester (10.23 g, 66.7 mmol) followed by triethylamine (Et3Ν, 16.84 g, 166.8 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to thaw to ambient temperature and stirred for 18 hours. After this time, the solvent was removed and the residue partitioned between aqueous hydrochloric acid (HCl, 1 N, 200 mL) and ethyl acetate (EtOAc, 200 mL) . The aqueous acid phase was extracted with additional EtOAc (200 mL) , the combined organic extracts were washed with HCl (1 N, 100 mL) , saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHC03/ 100 mL) and brine (100 mL) . The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give ethyl N-methyl-N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycine (11.81 g, 71% yield) . This material was used in the next step without further purification.
Part B: To a solution of ethyl N-methyl-N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycine (11.81 g, 47.4 mmol) in ethanol (300 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide (ΝaOH, 1 Ν, 94.8 mL, 94.8 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hour, afterwhich the solvent was removed by distillation in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in HCl (1 Ν, 100 mL) and the solution extracted with methylene chloride (CH2CI2. 2 x 100 mL) . The extracts were dried over sodium sulfate (Νa2Sθ4) , evaporated and the resulting solid (9.42 g) was recrystallized from EtOAc to give the title compound (7.14 g, 68% yield) as .a solid (mp: 123 - 126 °C) .
Example 21.1.3
Pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, benzenesulfonic acid salt
Part A: A mixture of Intermediate 1 (0.31 g, 1.5 mmol), pinanediol l-amino-5-bromopentaneboronate (0.57 g, 1.85 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.20 g, 1.5 mmol), 4- methylmorpholine (0.17 mL, 1.5 mmol), and 1,3- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 0.33 g,1.5 mmol) were stirred in dry CH2CI2 at 0°C for 1 hour. The reaction was thawed to ambient temperature and stirred an additional 18 hour. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (25 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with aqueous citric acid (10 %) and saturated ΝaHC03 (25 mL each), dried (Na2SC>4) and evaporated. The intermediate pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1- amido-5-bromopentaneboronate (0.75 g, 92% yield) was carried on to the next step without further purification.
Part B: The intermediate from Part A (0.75 g, 1.4 mmol) was heated with sodium azide (ΝaΝ3, 0.15 g, 2.3 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, 10 mL) at 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (H2O) and EtOAc (25 mL each) , and the EtOAc layer was washed with additional H20 (6 x 15 mL) . The organic layer was dried ( a2Sθ4) and evaporated to give pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ ( -phenyl)propiony1]glycy1} -1-amido-5-azidopentaneboronate (0.67 g) in 95% yield.
Part C: The azide from Part B (0.48 g, 0.9 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (MeOH, 15 mL) with benzenesulfonic acid (0.15 g, 0.9 mmol) and Pearlman's catalyst (palladium hydroxide on carbon, 0.05 g) . This mixture was shaken under an atmosphere of 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and the catalyst was removed by filtration through, a pad of diatomaceous earth. The clear filtrate was evaporated and pinanediol Ν-{Ν-methyl-Ν- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate was obtained as its benzenesulfonate salt (0.51 g) in 88% yield. High Res Mass Spec: found (M+H)+ 484.334758; calculated (M+H)+ = 484.334663.
Intermediate 2 N- [ (2-Phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycine
Part A: A mixture of benzyl glycinate, p-toluenesulfonic acid salt (2.68 g, 7.94 mmol), (2-phenyl)bromoethane (0.98 g, 5.29 mmol), and solid ΝaHC03 (1.56 g, 18.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) were heated at reflux for 18 hour. The reaction was concentrated and diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) . The organic solution was washed with H2O (25 mL) and brine (25 mL) , dried (Na2≤θ4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by elution through a pad of silica gel with a gradient mixture of hexane:EtOAc. The intermediate benzyl N- [ (2-phenyl) ethyl] -glycinate (0.82 g) was obtained in 38% yield. Low Res MS: (M+H)+ = 270.
Part B: A mixture of intermediate from Part A (0.82 g, 3.04 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (0.62 g, 6.08 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C was added hydrocinnamoyl chloride (0.51 g, 3.04 mmol). The reaction was thawed to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) , washed with HCl (10%, 25 mL) and ΝaHC03 (saturated, 25 mL) , dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated. The intermediate benzyl N- [ (2-phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl) -propionyl]glycinate (1.2 g) prepared was used in the next procedure without further purification. LRMS: (M+ΝH3)+ = 419.0, (M+H)+ = 402.1.
Part B A methanol solution (20 mL) of benzyl N-[(2- phenyl) ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycinate (1.3 g, 3.24 mmol) and palladium on carbon (10%, 180 mg) was stirred under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 18 hours. The reaction was purged with nitrogen and filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and evaporated to give N- [ ( 2- phenyl)ethyl] -N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycine (1.0 g) in quantitative yield. LRMS : (M+ΝH3)+ = 326.
■ Example 23.1.3
Pinanediol N- {N- [ (2-phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt Part A: To a solution of N- [ (2-phenyl) ethyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycine (1.0 g 3.24 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (0.66 g, 6.48 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C was added isobutylchloroformate (0.44 g, 3.24 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 15 min at 0°C, pinanediol 1-amino- 5-bromopentaneboronate (1.23 g, 3.24 mmol) was added followed by additional 4-methylmorpholine (0.33 g, 3.24 mmol)and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) , washed sequentially with HCl (10%) and ΝaHC03 (saturated) and brine (25 mL each) , then dried over magnesium sulfate (MgS04) and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) using 3:1 EtOAc:hexane to give pinanediol N- {N- [ (2-phenyl) ethyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5-bromopentaneboronate (0.8 g) in 43% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 637/638, (M-HBr)+ = 557.
Part B: The intermediate pinanediol N- {N- [ (2 - phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-
5-bromopentaneboronate (0.8 g, 1.4 mmol) and ΝaΝ3 (0.11 g, 1.7 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) , then it was washed with H2O (6 x 20 mL) and dried ( gS04) . The EtOAc solution was evaporated to give pinanediol N- {N- [ (2-phenyl)ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5- azidopentaneboronate (0.7 g) in 86% yield. LRMS : (M+H)+ = 600.
Part C: A mixture of the product from Part B (0.7 g, 1.2 mmol) and Pearlman's catalyst (0.1 g) in HCl (1.2 Ν, 1 mL, 1.2 mmol) and MeOH (20 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atm) for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen, filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and evaporated. The residue was dried by azeotropic distillation with benzene and triturated with hexane to give the title compound (0.45 g) as a yellow powder in 67% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 574.4 .
Example 8.1.3
N- {N- [ (2-Phenyl) ethyl] -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrogen chloride salt
A mixture of Example 23.1.3 (0.45 g, 0.8 mmol) in diethyl ether(Et2θ) : H2O (15 mL:15 mL) was stirred with phenylboric acid (0.45 g, 3.7 mmol) at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The phases were separated, the Et2θ layer was discarded, and the H2O layer was washed with E 2θ (15 mL) and 1:1 hexane:EtOAc (15 mL) . The H2O solution was concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure anddried by azeotropic distillation with toluene. The dried residue was dissolved in a minimal amount of CH2CI2 and the title compound was precipitated from solution by the addition of hexane. LRMS: (M+H of glycerol ester)+ = 496.
Intermediate 3 N-methyl-N- [ (3, 4-dichlorophenyl)acetyl]glycine
The title compound was prepared from commercially available sarcosine ethyl ester and 3, 4-dichlorophenylacetic acid according to the procedure of Intermediate 1.
Example 50 Pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3, 4-dichlorophenyl) acetyl]glycyl}-1-amido-4-formamidinobutaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
Part A: By substituting pinanediol l-amino-4- bromobutaneboronate for pinanediol l-amino-5- bromopentaneboronate and coupling with Intermediate 3 according to the procedure in Example 21.1.3, Parts A-C, the amino intermediate was prepared.
Part B: To an ethanol solution (20 mL) of the product from Part A (600 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added ethylformimidate hydrogen chloride (400 mg, 3.62 mmol) and 4-dimethylamino pyridine (DMAP, 442 mg, 3.62 mmol) . This mixture was heated at reflux for 5 hours, and the reaction mixture was evaporated. The residue was chromatographed (Sephedex LH 20, MeOH elutant) to give the title compound as a yellow solid. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 551.
Example 51
Pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3, 4-dichlorophenyl) acetyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4-guanidinobutaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
Part A: The intermediate from Example 50, Part A hydrochloride salt (1.0 g, 2 mmol), formamidine sulfonic acid (0.496 g, 4 mmol) and DMAP (0.488 g, 4 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) were heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite, rinsed with chloroform (CHC13) and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in CHCI3 and washed with HCl (0.1 Ν) and brine, dried and evaporated. The title compound was obtained as a white solid. HRMS calcd for C26H39BΝ5θ4Cl2:582.247216+; found: 566.247905.
Intermediate 4 Pinanediol l-amino-2- (3-cyanophenyl) ethylboronate, hydrochloride salt Part A: The intermediate, C1-CH[CH2- (m-cyanophenyl) ]BO2- C10H16 was prepared from m-cyanobenzyl bromide and dichloromethyl boronate pinanediol. Zinc dust (1.0 g) in THF (1 mL) was cooled to 0-5°C and a solution of m- cyanobenzyl bromide (1.37 g, 7.0 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added dropwise (5 sec/drop) . The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 5°C for 2 hours. A mixture consisting of lithium bromide (LiBr, 1.22 g, 14 mmol), copper(I) cyanide (CuCN, 0.63 g, 7.0 mmol) and THF (6 mL) was placed in a 50 mL flask and cooled to -40°C; the benzylic organozinc reagent was added by cannulation. The mixture was allowed to warm to -20°C and stir for 5 minutes. Following cooling to -78°C, neat dichloromethyl boronic acid pinanediol (1.47 g, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at -78°C for 2 h, and additionally at room temperature for 2 days. Aqueous ammonium chloride (NH4CI, saturated, 20 mL) was added to the mixture and the aqueous solution was extracted with Et2θ (3 x 20 mL) . The combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous MgSθ and evaporated in vacuo to give crude compound (1.8 g) . Purification was carried out using silica gel chromatography where the column was stepwise eluted with hexane (100 mL) and then 15% ether in hexane (200 mL) to give the desired product (0.53 g) in 27% yield. LRMS(NH3-CI) m/e for M+NH + calcd. for C19H23NO2BCI: 361.2; found: 361.1.
Part B: To a solution of hexamethyldisilazane (0.21 mL, 0.98 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at -78°C was added n-butyllithium (1.45 M, 0.67 mL, 0.98 mmol) . The solution was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature to ensure the anion generation was complete and recooled to -78°C, upon which a solution of product from Part A (0.33 g, 0.98 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and to stir overnight . The volatiles were evaporated and hexane (8 mL) was added to give a suspension. Anhydrous hydrogen chloride in dioxane (4.1 N, 1.5 mL, 6.0 mmol) was added at -78°C and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hour. Additional hexane (6 mL) was added and crude product was isolated as a precipitate. This product was dissolved in CHCI3 and insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated at a reduced pressure to give an oil (-0.2 g) . Final purification was achieved by chromatography on a column of Sephedex™ LH 20 column using MeOH as a solvent. H-boroPhe(m-CN) -CιoHιg»HCl was obtained as an oil (0.12 g) in 34% yield. HRMS(NH3-CD m/e (M+H)+ calcd. for C19H26BN2O2: 325.2087; found: 325.2094.
Example 52
Pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3, 4- dichlorophenyl)acetyl]glycyl}-l-amido-2- (3- cyanophenyl)ethylboronate
Part A: To Intermediate 3 (0.77 g, 2.8 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (0.28 g, 2.8 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at -20°C was added isobutylchloroformate (0.38 g, 2.8 mmol) . After 20 minutes at -20°C, the cold solution was added to a -20°C solution of Intermediate 4 (1.0 g, 2.8 mmol) and Et3 (0.28 g, 2.8 mmol) in CHCI3 (50 mL) . This mixture was maintained at -20°C for 5 hours and stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with HCl (0.1N), saturated NaHC03 and brine. After the solution was dried and evaporated, the resulting yellow solid was applied to a column of Florisil and the desired product eluted with a gradient of CHCI3 : MeOH (0% MeOH to 7% MeOH) . The title compound was obtained as a white solid. HRMS: calcd . (M+H) + for C30H35BN3O4CI2 : 582 . 209768 ; found : 582 .209631 .
Example 53
Pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1- amido-4- (N-methylguanidino ) butylboronate , hydrochloride salt
Part A: Pinanediol N-{N-methyl -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4-aminobutylboronate, hydrochloride salt was prepared by the method outlined for Example 21.1.3, wherein pinanediol l-amino-4- bromobutylboronate hydrochloride was used instead of pinanediol l-amino-5-bromopentane-boronate hydrochloride.
Part B: To a solution of the product from Part A (0.45 g, 0.89 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added DMAP (0.22 g, 1.78 mmol) . After 15 minutes at room temperature, Ν- methylaminoiminomethanesulfonic acid (0.25 g, 1.78 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension stirred at reflux for 5 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered, the precipitate washed with CHCI3 and the combined filtrate concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was dissolved in CHCI3 (40 mL) and the organic solution washed with ice cold HCl (0.1 M, 1x10 mL) , ice cold H2O
(1x10 mL) , brine and dried (MgS04) . The filtered solution was concentrated in vacuo to give of the desired Ν-methyl guanidino compound (0.35 g) in 70% yield. The material was purified through a florisil column using 10% MeOH/CHCl3 as eluant to give the purified product (0.22 g) ; LRMS: (M+H)+: 526 . Example 54 Ac- (D) Phe-Sar-boroLys-OH
Part A: Boc- (D)Phe-OH (6.9 g, 26 mmoles) as dissolved in THF (50 mL) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.86 mL, 26 mmoles) was added. The solution was cooled to -20°C and isobutylchlorofor ate (3.38 ml, 26 mmoles) was added. After stirring 5 minutes at -20°C, the mixture was added to a cold solution of H-Sar-Bzl»toluenesulfonic acid dissolved in CHC13 (50 mL) , followed by E 3 (3.6 mL, 26 mmoles).
The mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hour at -20°C and 2 h at room temperature. The solids were removed by filtration and the solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and was washed with HCl (0.20 N) , NaHC03 (5%), and brine. The solution was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and evaporated to yield Boc- (D)Phe-Sar-O-Bzl as thick oil (10.4 g) .
Part B: The product from Part A (10.4 g) was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and the sample was hydrogenated for 2 hour on a Parr apparatus in the presence of palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) . The catalysis was removed by filtration and solvent was evaporated to yield Boc- (D) Phe-Sar-OH as a foam (7.8 g) .
Part C: The mixed anhydride of product from Part B (4.42 g, 13.1 mmoles) was prepared as previously described and coupled to NH2-CH[ (CH2)4Br]B02CioHi6«HCl (5.0 g, 13.1 mmoles) using the procedure described in Part A. The crude product (7.7 g) was purified by chromatography of a 4.2 g portion on a 2.5 x 100 cm column of Sephedex LH-20 using MeOH as a solvent to give Boc- (D) Phe-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2) 4- Br]B02CiQHi6. Part D: The product from Part C (3.5 g, 5.8 mmoles) was dissolved in anhydrous HCl in dioxane (4.1 N, 50 mL) and was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Solvent and excess HCl were removed by evaporation. The residue was triturated with hexane to yield H- (D) Phe-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2) 4- Br]BO2Cl0Hi6»HCl (2.9 g) .
Part E: The product from Part D (2.9 g, 4.8 mmoles) was dissolved in 30 mL of a 50% (v/v) solution of dioxane: water and acetic anhydride (0.92 ml, 9.7 mmoles) was added. NaHC03 (0.81 g, 9.7 mmoles) was added and the solution was allowed to stir 45 minutes at room temperature. Acetic acid (3 ml) was added and solution was concentrated approximately 50% by evaporation. It was diluted to 100 mL with EtOAc and was washed with NaHC03 (5%), HCl (0.2 N) , and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2Sθ4, filtered, and evaporated to yield Ac- (D)Phe-Sar-NH- CH[ (CH2)4-Br]B02CioHi6 as a foam (2.7 g) . HRMS calcd for C29H43N3θ5BBr (M+H) : 604.2557; found: 604.2558.
Part F: The product from Part E (2.5 g, 4.1 mmoles) and a 3 (0.54 g, 8.3 mmoles) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and heated at 100°C for 1 hour. The reaction was allowed to cool and was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) . The organic phase was washed with H2O and saturated brine, dried over a2S04, filtered, and evaporated to yield Ac- (D)Phe-Sar-NH- CH[ (CH2)4- 3]B02CioHi6 as a white foam (2.2 g) .
Part G: The product from Part F (2.0 g, 3.5 mmoles) was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and was hydrogenated on a Parr apparatus in the presence of HCl in dioxane (4.1 N, 1.3 ml, 5.3 mmoles) and palladium on carbon (10%, 0.5 g) . The catalysis was removed by filtration and solvent was removed by evaporation. The product, Ac- (D) Phe-Pro-boroLys- ClθHl6'HCl (Ac- (D)Phe-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2)4- H2]B02ClQHi6*HCl) , was purified by chromatography on 2.5 X 100 cm column of LH-20 in MeOH to yield 1.8 g.
Part H: The product from Part G (1.5 g, 2.5 mmoles) and phenyl boronic acid (1.5 g, 12 mmoles) was dissolved in H2O and Et2θ (15 ml each) . The mixture was stoppered and allowed to stir for 3 hour at room temperature. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed extensively with Et20. The aqueous phase was evaporated, dried in vacuo., and triturated with Et2θ to yield the title compound (0.98 g) . An analytical sample was prepared as the pinacol ester by treating 4 mg of the boronic acid with 2 equivalents of pinacol in 1.4 ml of MeOH for 5 minutes and evaporating solvent. HRMS calcd for the pinacol ester C25H41N4O5B (M+H) : 489.3248. found: 489.3242.
Example 55 Pinanediol N-{N-2 -propyl-N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
Part A: A mixture of glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (3.83 g, 30.5 mmol), acetone (1.77 g, 30.5 mmol) and ΝaOH (1.22 g, 30.5 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1 atm) in the presence of palladium on carbon (10%, 0.4 g) for 24 hours. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen and filtered through a Celite pad, acidified with HCl (IN) , dried (MgS04) and evaporated. Trituration of the residue with Et2θ gave N-2-propylglycine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.0 g) as an off-white solid; LRMS (M+H)+ = 132.1.
Part B: To the hydrochloride salt prepared above (1.0 g, 5.97 mmol) and hydrocinnamic acid (0.9 g, 5.97 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added 0-benzotriazole-N, N, N ', N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (2.26 g, 5.97 mmol) followed by N,Ν-diisopropylethylamine (1.69 g, 13.1 mmol) . The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 1:1 EtOAc:hexane and washed with H20 (2 x) , HCl (10%) , saturated ΝaHC03 and brine. The solution was dried (MgSθ4) , evaporated, and combined with an additional material obtained by the same acylation procedure. The combined batches were purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 2:1 hexane:EtOAc as the eluent. There was obtained N-2 -propyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl] glycine methyl ester (2.8 g) ; LRMS (M+H)+ = 264.0.
Part C: A mixture of the ester from Part B (2.8 g, 10.52 mmol) and LiOH monohydrate in THF:H2θ (20 mL:10 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was diluted with H2O and washed with 1:1 hexane:EtOAc and the organic washings were discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified with HCl (10%) and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated to give N-2 -propyl-N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycine (2.0 g) ; LRMS (M+H)+ = 250.1.
Part D: J\7-2 -propyl-N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycine was reacted with pinanediol 1-amino-5-bromopentaneboronate according to the procedure of Example 23.1.3 to prepare pinanediol N- {N-2 -isopropyl -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl] glycyl}- 1-amido-5-bromopentaneboronate; LRMS (M+H)+ = 575/577.
Part E-F: This material was reacted with ΝaΝ3 according to the procedure in Example 23.1.3 to give pinanediol N- {N-2 - isopropyl-N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl] glycyl}-1-amido-5- azidopentaneboronate; LRMS (M+H)+ = 538.3. The azide was hydrogenated under the conditions in Example 23.1.3 to give the title compound, pinanediol N- {N-2 -propyl -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl] -glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate hydrochloride; LRMS (M+H)+ = 512.
Example 56
N-{N-2 -propyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido- 5-aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt
Part A: -y-{iV-2-propyl-N- _ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1- amido-5-aminopentane-boronic acid, hydrochloride salt, was prepared from pinanediol N- {N-2 -propyl-N-[ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt by the procedure of Example 8.1.3; LRMS (M+H-H20)+ = 360.1, (M+H-2H20)+ = 342.0.
Example 57 Pinanediol N-{ N-methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoy1]glycyl}- l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
Part A: A mixture of 2- (methylphenyl)benzoic acid (3.09 g, 14.55 mmol), sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (2.23 g, 14.55 mmol), DCC (3.0 g, 14.55 mmol), HOBT (1.97 g, 14.55 mmol) and Et3Ν (1.47 g, 14.55 mmol) in THF (50 mL) were stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was evaporated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc. The EtOAc solution was washed with HCl (10%), saturated NaHCθ3 and brine, and dried (MgS04> . The EtOAc solution was filtered through a plug of silica gel follwoed by a second filtration through a plug of neutral alumina. Evaporation of the solution gave N-methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoy1]glycine ethyl ester (4.5 g) ; LRMS (M+H)+ = 312.2. Part B: N-methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl) enzoyl]glycine ethyl ester (4.5 g, 14.45 mmol) and KOH (2.43 g, 43.4 mmol) in MeOH/H20 (200 mL/50 mL) were heated at reflux for 45 minutes. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in H2O. The aqueous solution was washed with Et2θ and acidified with HCl (10%) . The acidified aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, the EtOAc extract was washed with brine (2 x) , dried over (MgSθ4) and evaporated. There was obtained N-methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl] glycine (2.0 g); LRMS (M+H)+ = 284.1, (M+ΝH )+ = 301.1
Part C-E: Pinanediol N-{ N-methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-1-amido- 5-bromopentaneboronate was prepared by reaction of N- methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycine with pinanediol 1-amino-5-bromopentaneboronate according to the procedure of Example 23.1.3; LRMS (M+H)+ = 611.2. Pinanediol N- {N- methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5- bromopentaneboronate was reacted withe a 3 by under the conditions detailed above to give pinanediol N- {N-methyl-N- [2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-1-amido-
5-azidopentaneboronate; LRMS (M+H)+ = 572.4. Hydrogenation of the azide was effected by the conditions previously described to give the title compound, pinanediol N-{N- methyl-N-[2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl] glycyl}-l-amido-5-amino- pentaneboronate, hydrochloride acid salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 546.3.
Example 35.5.3
Part A: Trimethylsilyl cyanide (5.80 mL, 44.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of benzaldehyde (3.10 g, 29.0 mmol) and zinc iodide (280 mg, 8.80 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 18 h then treated with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (ca. 100 mL) . The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 75 mL) . The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (1 x 50 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3.78 g of 2- [ (trimethylsilyl)oxy] -phenylacetonitrile as an oil, which was carried on without purification.
Lithium aluminum hydride (2.10 g, 55.0 mmol) was added in portions over 15 min to a solution of [2 - (trimethylsilyl)oxy] -phenylacetonitrile (3.75 g, 18.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (75 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was quenched by the sequential addition of H20 (2.10 mL) , 10% aqueous NaOH (2.10 mL) , and H20 (6.30 mL) then dried (Na2S04) and filtered through a pad of Celite using EtOAc (ca. 75 mL) . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oil which was purified by flash chromatography, elution with 9:1 CH2Cl2-MeOH containing 2% Et3N, to give 2-hydroxy-l-phenethylamine (2.40 g) as an oil in 95% yield. (1H NMR, 300 MHz) d 7.32 (comp, 5H) , 4.66 (dd, 1H, J = 7.8, 4.0 Hz), 3.03 (dd, 1H, J = 12.5, 4.0 Hz). 2.83 (dd, 1H, J = 12.5, 9.1 Hz), 2.46 (br s, 3H) . LRMS 155 (M+NH4) , 138 (M+H) .
Part B: Phosgene (6.0 mL of a 1.93 M solution in toluene (PhCH3), 12.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-hydroxy-l- phenethylamine (1.18 g, 8.60 mmol) in PhCH3 (100 mL) at 0 °C followed by the dropwise additon of Et3N (1.80 mL, 13.0 mmol) . The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 48 h and poured into EtOAc (ca. 200 mL) . The layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (1 x 50 mL) . The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (1 x 100 mL) , dried (Na2S0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (1.05 g) as a solid in 75% yield. ( -E NMR, 300 MHz) d 7.39 (comp, 5H) , 5.69 (br ε, 1H) , 5.63 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 8.1 Hz ) , 3 . 99 ( dd , 1H , J = 8 . 4 , 8 . 1 Hz ) , 3 . 55 ( dd , 1H, J = 8 . 4 , 8 . 1 Hz ) . LRMS 181 (M+NH4 ) , 164 (M+H ) .
Part C: A solution of 5-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (500 mg, 3.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF was added dropwise to a suspension of NaH (91 mg, 3.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 30 min then heated at reflux for 15 min. Methyl bromoacetate (0.32 mL, 3.4 mmol) was added and the ixtue was heated at reflux for 2h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with H 0 (ca. 20 mL) . The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 75 mL) . The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (1 x 50 mL) , dried (MgS04) , and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oil which was purified by flash chromatography, elution with 3:1 EtOAc-hexanes, to provide 2- [3- (5-phenyl-2-oxazolidino) ] -acetic acid, methyl ester (545 mg) as an oil in 76% yield. ( -E NMR, 300 MHz) d 7.42 (comp, 5H) , 5.56 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 8.1 Hz), 4.10 (d, 2H, J = 3.0 Hz), 4.06 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 8.1 Hz), 3.78 (s, 3H) , 3.64 (dd, 1H, J = 8.4, 8.1 Hz). LRMS 253 (M+NH4, base),
236 (M+H) .
Part D: A solution of 2- [3- (5-phenyl-2- oxazolidino) ]acetic acid, methyl ester (540 mg, 2.30 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H20 (10 mL) was treated with NaOH (138 mg, 3.40 mmol) and heated at reflux for 15 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, acidified to pH 2 with 2M aqueous HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) . The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (1 x 25 mL) , dried (MgS04), and concentrated to give 2- [3- (5-Phenyl-2-oxazolidino) ]acetic Acid (505 mg) as an oil in 99% yield. ( -E NMR, 300 MHz) d 7.41 (comp, 5H) , 5.57 (dd, 1H, J = 8.0, 8.0 Hz), 4.15 (s, 2H) , 4.05 (dd, 1H, J = 8.0, 8.0 Hz), 3.65 (dd, 1H, J = 8.0, 8.0 Hz). LRMS 239 (M+NH4, base) , 222 (M+H) .
Part E: Triethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.60 mmol) was added to a mixture of (2J.) -4-bromo-l-aminobutane-l-boronic acid, (+)- pinanediol ester hydrochloride (540 mg, 1.47 mmol), HOBT (200 mg, 1.47 mmol), DCC (300 mg, 1.47 mmol), and 2-[3-(5- phenyl-2-oxazolidino) ] acetic acid (325 mg, 1.47 mmol) in anhydrous THF (12 mL) and anhydrous DMF (3 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over 18 h, diluted with Et20 (ca. 30 mL) , and filtered through Celite with additional Et20 (ca. 50 mL) . The filtrate was washed with H20 (3 x 25 mL) , saturated aqueous NaCl (1 x 25 mL) , dried (Na2S04), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give ( 2R) -2- [ [3- (5-phenyl-2-oxazolidino) ] - acetamido] -4-bromo-l-aminobutane-l-boronic acid, (+)- pinanediol ester (770 mg) as a foam in 98% yield. LRMS 535, 533 (M+H) 453 (base) .
Part F: A solution of ( 2R) -2- [ [3- (5-phenyl-2- oxazolidino) ] -acetamido] -4-bromo-l-aminobutane-l-boronic acid, (+) -pinanediol ester (770 mg, 1.45 mmol) and thiourea (220 mg, 2.90 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) was heated at reflux for 36 hours then_ cooled to room temperature and diluted with Et20 (ca. 100 mL) which was decanted. The residue was purified by size exclusion chromatography on Sephadex LH - 20, elution* with MeOH, to give a foam. The foam was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF and treated with Et20 (ca. 30 mL) to give a solid that was washed with Et20 (ca. 10 mL) and dried to afford the title compound (180 mg) as a white powder in 21% yield, mp 93 - 96 °C. LRMS 529 (M+l, base); HRMS Calcd for C26H38BN405S: 529.2656. Found:
529.2644. Example 35.6.2
A solution of (2i.) -2- [ [3- (5-phenethyl-2-oxazolidino) ] - acetamido] -4-bromo-l-aminobutane-l-boronic acid, (+)- pinanediol ester (710 mg, 1.27 mmol) was prepared by an analogous method to that reported for Example 35.5.3, however substituting hydrocinnamaldehyde for benzaldehyde. Further reaction with thiourea (190 mg, 2.50 mmol) in EtOH (13 mL) was heated at reflux for 36 h then cooled to room temperature and diluted with Et20 (ca. 200 mL) which was decanted. The residue was purified by size exclusion chromatography on Sephadex LH - 20, elution with MeOH, to give a foam. The foam was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF and treated with Et20 (ca. 40 mL) to give a solid that was washed with Et 0 (ca. 10 mL) and dried to afford the title compound (150 mg) as a white powder in 19% yield, mp 93 - 96 °C. LRMS 557 (M+H, base); HRMS Calcd for C 28 H 42 BN 4°5 S: 557.2969. Found: 557.2965.
Example 59
Part A: A mixture of 1, 8-napthalic anhydride (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol), glycine (0.42g, 5.6 mmol) and camphorsulfonic acid (ca. 100 mg) was suspended in absolute EtOH (60 mL) and DMF (20 mL) . The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 72 h, then the solvent removed by distillation in vacuo . The residue was diluted with H2O (10 mL) , acidified with HCl (IN) to pH = 3 and the resulting solid was isolated by filtration and air dried. There was obtained N, N- ( 1 , 8- napthyldiimido) -glycine (1.22 g) in 95% yield. LRMS : (M+H)+ = 256 ; mp 278-279 °C. An alternative to the above prepartion of N, N- ( 1 , 8- napthyldiimido)glycine would be to react the sodium salt of 1, 8-napthalic phthalimide with ethyl bromoacetate in dimethylformamide at 60°C. The resulting ester can then be hydrolyzed with IN sodium hydroxide in ethanol solution to give the title compound.
Part B: _V,W-(l,8-Νapthyldiimido)glycine (0.56 g, 2.1 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.53 mL, 4.82 mmol) were dissolved in THF (10 mL) and DMF (1 mL) then cooled to -20 °C. Isobutylchloroformate (0.31 mL, 2.32 mmol) was added to the cold solution and the reaction was stirred at -20 °C for 20 min. After this time a THF suspension (5 mL) of pinanediol l-amino-4-bromobutane-boronate hydrochloride salt (0.80 g, 2.19 mmol) was added to the mixture and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 3 h. The reaction was partitioned between H20 (10 mL) and EtOAc (15 mL) . The organic layer was washed with H2O (3 x 15 mL) , then with saturated ΝaHCθ3 (15 mL) , and brine (15 mL) . After the solution was dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure, there was obtained pinanediol N- [N, N- (1, 8-napthyl-diimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-bromobutaneboronate (1.2 g) in 98% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 568.
Part C: To a solution of pinanediol N- [N, N- ( 1 , 8- napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-bromobutaneboronate (1.0 g, 1.76 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added thiourea (0.27 g, 3.53 mmol) . The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4h, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and the solvent was removed by distillation. The resulting viscous liquid was dissolved in a minimal amount of MeOH and passed through a short column (35 g, LH-20 Sephadex) by elution with MeOH. Product containing fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo, then the resulting foam was dissolved in a minimal amount of MeOH and triturated with Et2θ. After solvent was decanted, the residue was rinsed with additional Et2θ and placed under vacuum. There was obtained pinanediol N- [N, N- ( 1 , 8-napthyldiimido)glycyl] - l-amido-4-S-thiourylbutane-boronate hydrogen bromide (1.0 g) as an amorphous foam in 100% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 563.
Part D: To a solution of pinanediol N- [N, N- ( l , 8- napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-bromobutaneboronate (1.21g, 2.13 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added ΝaΝ3 (0.28 g, 4.27 mmol) . The reaction mixture was heated at 65 °C for 8 h, then it was allowed to cool to room temperature and partitioned between H2O (15 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL) . The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with H2O (3x20 mL) and brine (20 mL) . This solution was dried (MgS04) and concentrated in vacuo to give pinanediol N- [N, N-(1, 8-napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4- azidobutaneboronate (0.92 g) in 82% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 530.
Part D: A suspension of the azide prepared above (1.19g, 2.25 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (100 mg) in MeOH (15 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of H2 (1 atm) . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h, then purged with a stream of Ν2. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give pinanediol N- [N, N-(1, 8-napthyldiimido)glycyl] -1-amido-4-amino- butaneboronate (1.1 g) in 85% yield. LRMS: (M+H)+ = 504.
Part E: To a solution of pinanediol N- [N, N- ( 1 , 8 - napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-aminobutaneboronate (0.51 g, 1.01 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) was added aminoiminomethanesulfonic acid (0.13 g, 1.01 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4 h, then was concentrated in vacuo to give pinanediol N- [N, N- ( 1 , 8- napthyldiimido)glycyl] -l-amido-4-guanidinobutane-boronate sulfonic acid salt (0.21 g) in 35% yield.
Part F: Pinanediol N- [N, N-(1, 8-napthyldiimido)glycyl] -1- amido-4-guanidinobutane-boronate sulfonic acid salt (0.21 g, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and Et2θ (10 mL) . A single portion of phenylboric acid (0.21g, 1.76 mmol) was added to the solution followed by H2O (10 mL) and this mixture was stirred for 15 h. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with Et2θ (6 x 10 mL) . The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was placed under vacuum to give N- [N, N-(1, 8-napthyldiimido) -glycyl] -l-amido-4- guanidinobutane-boronic acid as the sulfonic acid salt (0.16 g) in quantitative yield.
The following compounds were prepared according to the methods outlined in the Synthesis and Experimental sections. Appropriate physical data to characterize the compounds are provided:
Example 52.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [Ν- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH hydrochloride sal .
Part A. Preparation of 3-methylphenethyl bromide.
To a solution of 3-methylphenethyl alcohol (5.0 g, 36.7 mmol) in methylene chloride at 0° C was added triphenylphosphine (10.6 g, 40.4 mmol) and carbon tetrabromide (13.4 g, 40.4 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir with warming to 25° C for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in ether and filtered through a pad of silica gel. The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 7.0 g (95%) of the title bromide. Part B. Preparation of N- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly-OMe.
To a solution of 3-methylphenethyl bromide (7.0 g, 35.0 mmol) in acetonitrile was added glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (6.6 g, 52.5 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (10.3 g, 122.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 80° C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 25° C and then was diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with water and brine, dried (MgSθ4), and concentrated to afford the title compound. MS (CD : m/z 208 (M+H)+. Part C. Preparation of hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3-ιinethylphenethyl) -Gly] - OMe.
To a solution of N- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly-OMe (3.15 g, 15.2 mmol) in THF at 0° C was added N-methylmorpholine (3.34 mL, 30.4 mmol) and hydrocinnamoyl chloride (2.26 mL, 15.2 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir with warming to 25° C for 6 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat' aq NaHCθ3 and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford 4.4 g (86%) of the title compound. MS (CD : m/z 340 (M+H) +.
Part D. Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3-methylphenethyl)-Gly]-OH.
To a solution of hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- methylphenethyl) -Gly] -OMe (4.4 g, 13.0 mmol) in 50 mL of 2:1 THF/H20 was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.65 g, 15.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 25° C for 4 h and then the THF was removed in vacuo. The basic solution was extracted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate and the organic layer was discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl and then was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid. MS (CD : m/z 326 (M+H)+.
Part E. Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH hydrochloride salt.
The carboxylic acid hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3-methylphenethyl) -Gly] -OH was elaborated to the title compound according to the procedures described in Example ???. MS (ES) : m/z 454.4 (M+H)+.
Example 53.1.1
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2-dimethyl) -phenethyl-Gly] - boroLys-OH hydrochloride salt
Part A. Preparation of Methyl 2,2- (dimethyl) -2- phenylacetate.
To a cooled (-78° C) solution of methyl phenylacetate (1.0 g, 6.7 mmol) in THF was added methyl iodide (0.91 mL, 14.7 mmol) followed by potassium tert-butoxide (14.7 mL of a 1.0 M solution in THF, 14.7 mmol) .
The reaction mixture was allowed to stir while slowly warming to 25° C. After 1 h the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aq NH4CI, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organics were dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated to afford 1.1 g (92%) of the title compound.
Part B. Preparation of 2, 2- (Dimethyl) -2-phenylethyl alcohol.
To a cooled (0° C) solution of 1M lithium aluminum hydride in ether (31.1 mL, 31.1 mmol) was added methyl 2,2- (dimethyl) -2-phenylacetate (5.54 g, 31.1 mmol) as a solution in ether. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25° C and was stirred for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C and was quenched by slow sequential addition of 1.2 mL of water, 1.2 mL of 15% aq NaOH and 3.6 mL of water. The resulting slurry was stirred vigorously with warming to 25° C for 1 h, and then was dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated to afford 3.8 g (81%) of the title compound.
Part C. Preparation of 2, 2- (Dimethyl) -2- phenylacetaldehyde.
To a solution of 2,2- (dimethyl) -2-phenylethyl alcohol (3.8 g, 25.1 mmol) in methylene chloride was added pyridinium chlorochromate (16.2 g, 75.3 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred vigorously at 25° C for 4h. The mixture was filtered through a pad of layered silica gel (bottom) /Celite/Florasil (top) and concentrated to the give the title aldehyde.
Part D. Preparation of N- (2,2-dimethyl) -phenethyl-Gly-OEt.
To a solution of glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (1.7 g, 12.3 mmol) in methanol was added sodium cyanoborohydride (0.77 g, 12.3 mmol) and 2,2- (dimethyl) -2- phenylacetaldehyde (2.0 g, 13.5 mmol) . Glacial acetic acid was added if necessary to maintain the pH at 5-6. The mixture was allowed to stir at 25° C for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of excess satd. aq. K2CO3 and then was diluted with ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (2x) , dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford 2.5 g (86%) of the title compound. MS (CD : m/z 236 (M+H) +. Part E. Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-N- (2, 2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OEt.
To a cooled (0° C) solution of N- (2, 2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OEt (2.4 g, 10.1 mmol) in THF was added N- methylmorpholine (2.22 mL, 20.2 mmol) followed by hydrocinnamoyl chloride (1.50 mL, 10.1 mmol) . The resulting solution was allowed to warm to 25° C and was stirred for 3h. The THF was removed in vacuo and' the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 10% aq HCl, satd. aq. NaHC03 and brine. The organics were dried (MgS04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel flash chromatography (solvent gradient 7:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate to 3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 2.0 g (54%) of the title compound. MS (CD : m/z 368 (M+H)+.
Part F. Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-N- (2,2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OH.
To a solution of hydrocinnamoyl-N- (2,2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OEt (1.5 g, 4.1 mmol) in 25 mL of 1:1 methanol/water was added potassium hydroxide (0.34 g, 6.1 mmol) . The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at reflux for 1 h and then was allowed to cool to 25° C and the methanol was removed in vacuo. The basic aqueous solution was extracted with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate and the organic layer was discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCl and then was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid. MS (CD : m/z 340 (M+H) +.
Part G. Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly] -boroLys-OH hydrochloride salt.
The carboxylic acid hydrocinnamoyl-N- (2,2-dimethyl) - phenethyl-Gly-OH was elaborated to the title compound according to the procedures described in Example ???. MS (ES) : m/z 468.4 (M+H)+.
Example 1.1.3 N- {N-methyl -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4- (guanidino)butylboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 404.
Example 6.1.1 N-{iv-methy1 -N-benzoylglycy1}-1-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd : (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 348.209462, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 348.208418.
Example 6.1.2
N- {N-methy l-N- [phenylacetyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 362.
Example 6.1.3
N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyllglycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 376.240762, found : 376.240727.
Example 9.1.2
N-{N-phenyl-N- [phenylacetyl ]glycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 424.240762, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 424.242097.
Example 9.1.3
N-{N-phenyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd : (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 438.256412, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 438.256557. Example 15.1.3 Pinanediol N- {N-methyl -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}• l-amido-4- (guanidino)butylboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 512.3.
Example 21.1.1 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N-benzoylglycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd : (M+H)+ = 456.303362, obs.: (M+H)+ = 456.302964.
Example 21.1.2 Pinanediol N- {N-methyl -N-[phenylacetyl] glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 470.
Example 21.9.1 Pinanediol N-{ N-methyl-N-[2- (phenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-1- amido-5-amino-pentaneboronate, hydrochloride acid salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 532.3.
Example 24.1.2 Pinanediol N-{N-phenyl-N-[phenylacetyl] glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 532.334663, obs.: (M+H)+ = 532.334090.
Example 24.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N-phenyl-N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}- l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 546.350313, obs: (M+H)+ = 546.352069.
Example 24.59.1 Pinanediol N-{N-phenyl-N- [N ' -methyl-N'- methylphenyl)aminocarbonyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate ; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 606.338533, found: 606.329421.
Example 26.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}- l-amido-4-isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 529.301983, found: 529.302078.
Example 26.9.1 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (2-phenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-l- amido-4-isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 577.301983, found: 577.302704.
Example 26.9.3 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3- (2- pheny1)phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate ; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 605.3333, found: 605.3325.
Example 26.12.1
Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3- (2- phenyl)phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate ; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 606.3285, found: 606.3294.
Example 27.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N- [ (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl] -glycyl}-l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 621.328198, found: 621.329437.
Example 28.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N- [ (2-phenyl) ethyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 619.348934, found: 619.348587.
Example 29.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N-phenyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}- l-amido-4-isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 591.317633, found: 591.316620.
Example 30.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N- [ (naphth-2-yl)methyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 655.348934, found: 655.347870.
Example 36.6.1
Pinanediol N-{2 - [ (2-oxo-4-methylphenyl) -4, 5- (H)oxazol-
3-yl]acetyl}-l-amido-4-isothiouroniumbutylboronate ; mp.
120-130 °C ; Anal calcd. for C27H39BΝ4O5S HBr %C: 52.02;
%H: 6.47; %N: 8.99; %B: 1.73; found: %C: 52.01; %H: 6.43,; %N: 8.84; %B: 1.75.
Example 49.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn-Cl0Hl6 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 560.4.
Example 49.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3-CD (M+H)+ 587.7.
Example 49.1.3
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 453.1.
Example 49.2.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg(CH3) -C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 616.4.
Example 50.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N-(N(CH3)2) -Gly] -boroOrn-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 499.2
Example 50.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N(CH3)2) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 526.1
Example 50.1.3 Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2) -Gly] -boroLys-Cl0H16 HCl; MS (NH3-CI) (M+H)+ 513.5.
Example 51.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroLys-ClOH16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 642.5
Example 51.1.2
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Methyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 588.4
Example 52.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 534 for ethylene glycol ester.
EXAMPLE 61.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys [C (O)CO2H]
Part A: Preparation of Na-t-Boc-Ne-Cbz-lysine[N(OMe)Me] A flask was charged 150 ml of anhydrous CH2CI2 followed by the addition of Na-t-boc-NE-Cbz-lysine (15.00 grams, 39.43 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (13.0 ml, 118.29 mmol) and was cooled to -78°c followed by the addition of isobutylchloroformate (5.11 ml, 39.43 mmol) . The mixture was stirred for 1 hr at which time the N.O- Dimethylhydroxylarnine hydrochloride was added, stirred for 1 hr. and allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue diluted with EtOAc and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat'd aq NaHCθ3 and brine. After drying (MgSθ4) , the solution was filtered through a pad of silica gel and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the product (16.32 g) . MS: ESI, m/z 424.2 (M+H)+.
Part B: Preparation of Part A: Na-t-boc-Ne-Cbz-lysinal
A flask was charged with 200 ml of anhydrous THF followed by the addition of Na-t-boc, NE-Cbz lysine[N(OMe)Me] (4.00 gr, 9.44 mmol), cooled to 0°c and followed by the addition of Lithium aluminum hydride (450 mg, 11.80 mmol) . The solution was stirred for 30 min. and was slowly quenched with a sat'd KHSO3 solution (2.25 gr, 16.53 mmol). The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat'd aq NaHC03 and brine. After drying (MgS04), the solution was filtered through a pad of silica gel and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the product (3.29 grams) MS: ESI, m/z 365.2 (M+H)+.
Part C: Preparation of Na-t-boc, Ne-Cbz lysine[C (OH)CO2CH3]
A flask was charged with 150 ml of anhydrous THF followed by the addition of orthoethylthioformate (6.82 gr, 34.77 mmol), cooled to -78°c and lithiated with n- butyllithium (2.5 M, 14.0 ml, 34.7 mmol) . After stirring for 20 min., Na-t-boc-NE-Cbz-lysinal was added as a THF solution via cannula and continued to stir at -78°c for and additional 4 hrs; the solution was quenched using sat'd NH4CI and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed twice with brine, dried over MgSθ4, filtered and dried in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 95% MeOH followed by the addition of HgO (12.57 gr, 58.06 mmol) and HgCl2 (40.8 gr, 150.2 mmol) and stirred at rt. for 3 hrs. The solution was filtered through a pad of celite and the volatiles removed in vacuo followed by the addition of chloroform, the solution filtered and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat'd aq NaHCθ3 and brine. After drying (MgS04), the solution was filtered through a pad of silica gel and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give the product (1.49 grams) MS: CI m/z 425.2 (M+H)+
Part D: Preparation of NE-Cbz-lysine[C (0H)C02CH3] TFA salt
Na-t-boc-Ne-Cbz-lysine[C(OH)C02CH3] (1.49 gr, 3.51 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of neat TFA and the reaction monitored by TLC. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in a minimum amount of CH2CI2 followed by the addition of Et2θ, cooled to -78°c and the product ppt. out with hexane (1.36 gr) . MS: CI m/z 325.0 (M+H)+.
Part E: Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-ethyl ester
Hydrocinnamic acid was added to 100 ml of anhydrous CH2CI2 followed by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (44.0 ml, 400.0 ml), and cooled to -78°c. To the resulting solution was added isobutylchloroformate (17.3 ml, 133.17 mmol) and stirred for 1 hr. The sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (20.00 gr, 133.17 mmol) was added and the solution stirred for and additional hr at -78°c and allowed to warm to rt. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 10% aq HCl, sat'd aq NaHC03 and brine. After drying (MgS04) , the solution was filtered through a pad of silica gel and the solvent removed in vacuo (31.56 gr) MS: CI m/z 250.0 (M+H) +.
Part F: Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-OH
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-ethyl ester (31.57 gr, 126.63 mmol) and KOH (21.32 gr, 380 mmol) were combined in a 50/50 methanol-water solution and stirred at rt, the reaction was monitored by TLC. The methanol was removed in vacuo and the organics were extracted using EtOAc. The aq extract was acidified with a 10% HCl solution and the organics extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. After drying (MgS0 ) , the solution was filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to a white solid. MS: CI m/z 222.0 (M+H)+.
Part G: Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NE-Cbz- lysine[C (OH)C02CH3]
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-OH (690 mg, 3.10 mmol), NE-Cbz lysine[C(OH)C02CH3] TFA salt (1.36 gr, 3.10 mmol), N-Methyl morpholine (1.0 ml, 9.3 mmol), HOBT (420 mg, 3.10 mmol) and 1- (3-Dimethyl amino propyl)-3 ethyl carbodiimide (600 mg, 3.10 mmol) were dissolved in 50 ml of anhydrous DMF and stirred overnight at r . The resulting solution was diluted with 300 ml of EtOAc and washed repeatedly with brine. The organic were dried over MgS04, filtered through a pad of silica gel, and the volatiles dried in vacuo to an oil (1.08 gr) . MS: CI m/z 528.4 (M+H)+.
Part H: Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NE-Cbz- lysine[C(0)C02CH3]
Anhydrous CH2CI2 (100 ml) was charged with oxalylchloride (20 ml 2.25 mmol) and cooled to -40°c; this was followed by the addition of anhydrous DMSO (.35 ml, 4.91 mmol) and stirred for 20 min. Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NE- Cbz-lysine[C(OH)C02CH3] (1.08 gr, 2.04 mmol") was added as a CH2CI2 solution and stirred for an additional 20 minutes. Triethylamine (1.42 ml, 10.23 mmol) was added to the resulting solution and stirred for an additional 20 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting residue subject to flash chromatography yielding the product as an oil. (73 gr) MS: CI m/z 526.4 (M+H) +.
Part I: Preparation of Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NE-Cbz- lysine[C(0)C02H] Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NE-Cbz lysine[C (O)C02CH3] (.73 gr, 1.39 mmol) and LiOH (150 mg, 3.48 mmol) were combined in a 50/50 mixture of methanol/water, stirred at rt and the reaction monitored by TLC. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in EtOAc and acidified with 10% HCl. The organics were dried (MgSθ4) and the volatiles removed in vacuo to yield .57 gr of product MS: CI m/z 468.2 (M+H-C02)+.
Part J: Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys[C (0)Cθ2H] Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Ne-Cbz-lysine[C(0)Cθ2H] (570 mg,
1.11 mmol) was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol followed by the addition of 20% Pd/C catalyst (60 mg) and stirred under 1 atm. of H2 at rt for 3 hrs. The solution was filtered through a pad of celite and the volatiles removed in vacuo to give the product MS: CI m/z 380.3 (M+H)+
Example 53.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 466.3
Example 53.2.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Phenyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 441.3
Example 53.2.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 455.4
Example 53.4.3 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclohexyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 418.3
Example 54.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 616.3
Example 54.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CI) (M+H)+ 600.5
Example 54.1.3
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Diethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 630
Example 54.2.1
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl ) -Phenyl ) -Gly ] -boroLys-ClOHlδ HCl ; MS (NH3CD (M+H) + 575 . 4
Example 54 . 2 . 2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOH16 HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 589.4
Example 54.2.3 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Succinyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOHlδ; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 542.5
Example 54.3.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Methyl Succinyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 556.5 Example 54.3.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopentyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 628.3
Example 54.3.3
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 630.4
Example 54.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroLys-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 602.4
Example 54.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 510.3
Example 54.4.3 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclohexyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CI) (M+H)+ 552.4
Example 55.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg- OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 496.4
Example 56.1.1
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 630.4
Example 56.1.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroArg- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 628.3
Example 56.3.3 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2,2- (Dimethyl) -2- (3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) - ethyl] -Gly}-boroArg-C10Hl6 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 658.4 Example 56.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroArg-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 630.4
Example 57.1.1
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 481.2
Example 57.1.2
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2- (Cyclopropyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 479
Example 57.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 389.3
Example 58 N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (methylphenyl)benzoyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt
Using the procedure of Example 8.1.3, however using pinanediol N-{i\7-methyl-N- [2 - (methylphenyl)benzoyl] glycyl}- l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt, the title compound was prepared; LRMS (M -H2θ)+ = 394.1, (M -2H20)+ = 376.1.
Example 58.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [Ν- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] - boroOrn(CH=ΝH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 615.4
Example 58.3.3 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2,2- (Dimethyl) -2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) - ethyl] -Gly}-boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 643.4 Example 58.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroOrn(CH=NH)-C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 615.4
Example 58.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 524.3
Example 59.1.1
Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 482.2
Example 59.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 376.2
Example 60 Pinanediol N-{N- [ (naphth-1-yl)methyl] -N- [ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-4- isothiouroniumbutylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 655.348934, found: 655.349243.
Example 60.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [Ν- (2,2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn- C10H16 HCl; MS (ΝH3DCD (M+H)+ 602.5
Example 60.3.3 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (2, 2- (Dimethyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroOrn- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 616.4
Example 60.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-{N- [2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -ethyl] -Gly}- boroOrn-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 588.3 Example 60.4.2 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroOrn-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 496.3
Example 61
Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3-phenyl-2- (pheny1)methyl)propionyl] -glycyl}-1-amido-5- aminopentylboronate; HRMS (M+H)+ calcd: 560.365963, found: 560.364426.
Example 61.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys [C (=0) -C(=0) -OH] ; MS: ESI m/z 380.3 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 62.3.3
2- (2-cyanothiophenyl) -benzoyl-Sar-BoroArg CioHiβ-HCl
Part A: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoy1-Sar- ethyl ester 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoic acid (5.00 gr, 19.58 mmol), sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (3.00 gr, 19.58 mmol), triethylamine (8.2 ml, 58.75 mmol) , HOBT (2.64 gr, 19.58 mmol) and 1, 3-diisopropylcarbodiimide (3.0 ml, 19.58 mmol) were combined in 100 ml of anhydrous CH2CI2 and stirred at rt overnight. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the organics dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (4.93 gr) MS: CI m/z 355.1 (M+H)+.
Part B: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoyl-Sar-OH 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoy1-Sar-ethyl ester (4.93 gr, 14.03 mmol) and KOH (790 mg, 14.03 mmol) were combined in 75 ml of a 50/50 methanol-water solution and stirred at rt, the reaction was monitored by TLC. The methanol was removed in vacuo and the organics were diluted with EtOAc and extracted with H2O. The aq extract was acidified with a 10% HCl solution and the organics extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine. After drying (MgS04) , the solution was filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to a white solid. MS: CI m/z 327.0 (M+H) +
Part C: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoyl-Sar- NH-CH[ (CH2)3Br]B02-CιoHi6
2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoyl-Sar-OH (4.23 gr, 12.96 mmol) and NMM (4.3 ml, 38.9 mmol) were dissolved in 150 ml of anhydrous CH2CI2 and stirred at -78°c. This was followed by the addition of isobutylchloroformate (1.70 ml, 12.96 mmol) and stirred for 1 hr, at which time NH2CH[ (CH2)3Br]Bθ2-CιoHιe- HCl (4.75 gr, 12.96 mmol) was added and stirred for an additional hr. and allowed to warm to rt. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the organics were washed with sat'd NaHCθ3, 10% HCl and brine. The residue was dried (MgSθ4) and filtered through a pad of florisil and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (6.01 gr) MS: CI m/z 558.2 (M-HBr)+
Part D: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoyl-Sar- NH-CH[ (CH2)3N3]BO2-C10H16 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzoyl-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2)3Br]B02- C10H16 (6.01 gr, 9.21 mmol) and aN3 (1.80 gr, 27.64 mmol) were combined in 75 ml of DMF and stirred for 3 hrs. at 110°c. The solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed repeatedly with brine. The organics were dried over MgSθ4 and filtered through a pad of florisil and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (5.38 gr) .MS: ESI m/z 601.4 (M+H)+
Part E: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzyloyl-Sar- boroOrn-CιoHi6-HCl To a solution of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzyloyl-Sar- NH-CH[ (CH2)3N3]Bθ2-CιoHi6 (5.38 gr, 8.96 mmol) in MeOH (75 ml) was added 20% Pd/C catalyst (600 mg) . The mixture was stirred under 1 atm of H2 for 2 hrs and then filtered through a pad of celite and concentrated to give the product MS: CI m/z 575.2 (M+H)+.
Part F: Preparation of 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzyloyl-Sar- boroArg-CιoHi6-HCl 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl)benzyloy1-Sar-boroOrn-CιoHi6 •HCl (1.77 gr, 2.90 mmol), DMAP (710 mg, 5.79 mmol) and H2NC(NH)S03H (720 mg, 5.79 mmol) were combined in 50 ml of absolute EtOH and refluxed overnight. The volatiles were removed and the residue dissolved in CH3CI and washed with 10% HCl and brine. The organics were dried (NaS04) and concentrated to give the product MS: CI m/z 617.3 (M+H)+.
Example 61.2.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=0) -OCH3 HCl; MS: CI m/z 364.2 (M+H)+
Exa ple 61.2.3 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=0) -CH3 HCl; MS: CI m/z 348.2 (M+H)+
Example 61.4.1 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys [CH(OH) (OCH3) -C(=0) -OCH3] HCl; MS: CI m/z 392.3 (M+H)+
Example 62
Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (3, 4- dichlorophenyl) acetyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 538. Example 62.1.3 DM- 6666 -C
(2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10Hl6 HBr; MS: DCI m/z 648. (M+H)+
Example 62.2.2 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-borohomolrg-ClθH16 HBr: MS: ESI m/z 634.4 (M+H)+
Example 62.3.2 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-borohomoArg-C10Hl6 HCl; MS: DCI m/z 631. (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 64.2.3 2- (3-chlorobenzyl) -benzoyl-Sar-Borolys CιoHi6-HCl
Part A: Preparation of 2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methanol Anhydrous THF (400 ml) was charged with 3- (chloro) bromo benzene (19.63 ml, 167.13 mmol) , cooled to -78°c, lithiated with n-BuLi (2.5 M, 66.85 ml, 167.13 mmol) and stirred for 20 minutes. 2-bromobenzaldehyde (19.51 ml, 167.13 mmol) was added and stirred for an additional 30 minutes and allowed to warm to rt. The solution was quenched with sat'd NH4CI and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with brine; the organics were dried over MgS04( filtered through a pad of silica and the volatiles dried in vacuo. The product was purified by flash chromatography (38.8 gr) MS: CI m/z 281.0 (M+H-H20)+
Part B: Preparation of 2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methane 2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methanol (38.8 gr, 130.35 mmol) and triethylsilane (31.23 ml, 195.53 mmol) were combined in 200 ml of TFA and stirred overnight at rt . The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (33.32 grams) MS: CI m/z 283.0 (M+H)+. Part C: Preparation of 3-chlorobenzylbenzoic acid
2-bromo-3 ' -chloro diphenyl methane was dissolved in 250 ml of anhydrous THF, cooled to -78°c and lithiated with n-BuLi (2.5 M, 47.5 ml, 118.34 mmol) . After stirring for 30 minutes, CO2 was slowly bubbled in for 15 minutes and the solution warmed to rt. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in H2O and the organics removed with EtOAc, the aq. layer was acidified with 10% HCl, the organics extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and the volatiles removed in vacuo to a white solid MS: CI m/z 264.0 (M+H)+.
Part D: Preparation of 2- (3-chlorobenzyl)benzoyl-Sar ethyl ester
3-chlorobenzylbenzoic acid (10.28 gr, 41.67 mmol), sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (6.40 gr, 41.67 mmol), 1- (3-Dimethyl amino propyl)-3 ethyl carbodiimide (8.0 gr, 41.67 mmol), NMM (13.75 ml, 125.0 mmol) and DMAP (1.27 gr, 10.42 mmol) were combined in anhydrous CH2CI2 and' stirred at rt overnight. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed with 10% aq HCl, sat'd aq NaHCθ3 and brine. After drying (MgSθ4), the solution was filtered through a pad of silica gel and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the product (3.19 grams) MS: CI, m/z 346.0 (M+H)+.
Part E: Preparation of 2- (3-chlorobenzyl)benzoyl-Sar-OH 3-chlorobenzylbenzoyl-Sar ethyl ester (3.19 gr, 9.22 mmol) and KOH (2.0 gr, 36.90 mmol) were combined in 75 ml of a 50/50 methanol-water solution and stirred at rt, the reaction was monitored by TLC. The MeOH was removed in vacuo and the organics were diluted with EtOAc and extracted with H2O. The aq extract was acidified with a 10% HCl solution and the organics extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. After drying (MgS04) , the solution was filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to a white solid. MS: CI m/z 318.0 (M+H)+
Part F: Preparation of 2- (3-chlorobenzyDbenzyloyl-Sar-NH- CHt (CH2)4Br]B02-CιoHi6
3-chlorobenzylbenzoyl-Sar-OH (2.66 gr, 8.37 mmol) and NMM (2.76 ml, 25.11 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous CH2CI2 and stirred at -78°c. This was followed by the addition of isobutylchloroformate (1.1 ml, 8.37 ml) and stirred for 1 hr, at which time NH2CH[ (CH2)4Br]Bθ2-CιoHi6- HCl (3.19 gr, 8.37 mmol) was added and stirred for an additional hr. and allowed to warm to rt. The volatiles were removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and the organics were washed with sat'd NaHCθ3, 10% HCl and brine. The residue was dried (MgSθ4> , filtered through a pad of florisil and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (.4.45 gr) MS: CI m/z 645.5 (M+H)+
Part G: Preparation of 2- (3-chlorobenzyl)benzyloyl-Sar-NH-
CH[ (CH2) N3]B02-CιoHi6
3-chlorobenzylbenzyloyl-Sar-NH-CH[ (CH2)4Br]Bθ2-CιoHi6 (4.45 gr, 6.91 mmol) and aN3 (1.34 gr, 20.73 mmol) were combined in 50 ml of DMF and stirred for 3 hrs. at 110°c. The solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed repeatedly with brine. The organics were dried over MgSθ4 and filtered through a pad of florisil and concentrated in vacuo to give the product (3.33 gr) MS: DCI m/z 623.0
(M+NH4)+
Part H: Preparation of 2- (3-chlorobenzyl)benzyloyl-Sar- borolys-CιoHi6-HCl
To a solution of 3 -chlorobenzylbenzyloyl-Sar-NH-
CH [ (CH2 ) 4N3 ] B02-CιoHi6 ( 3 . 33 gr , 5 . 49 mmol ) in MeOH (75 ml ) was added 20% Pd/C catalyst ( 300 mg ) . The mixture was stirred under 1 atm of H2 for 2 hrs and then filtered through a pad of celite and concentrated to give the product MS: CI m/z 580.5 (M+H)+.
Example 62.4.1
(2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn(CH=NH) -ClOHlδ HCl; MS: ESI m/z 602.3 (M+H)+
Example 62.4.2 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys (CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS: ESI m/z 616.2 (M+H)+
Example 62.4.3 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl; MS: CI m/z 589.3 (M+H)+
Example 63 Pinanediol N- {N-methylphenyl -i\7-[ (3- phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 560.365963, obs: (M+H)+ = 560.366107.
Example 63.1.3 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10Hl6 HBr; MS: CI m/z 567.2 (M-H2ΝCΝ)+
Example 63.3.1 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn-C10Hl6 HCl; MS: CI m/z 550.3 (M+H)+
Example 63.4.1 2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn (CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS: I m/z 577.3 (M+H)+
Example 63.4.2 2-Thiophenyl-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys(CH=NH) -C10H16; MS: CI m/z 564.2 (M-HCN)+
Example 63.5.1 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl]Sar}-1- amido-5-thiocyanatobutane boronate; MS: CI m/z 592.2 (M+H)+
Example 64 N- {N-methylphenyl-N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l- amidό-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 452.272062, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 452.270496.
Example 64.1.1
2-Benzyl-(Ν-Benzyl)-Sar-boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl; MS: CI m/z 532.5 (M+H)+
Example 64.1.2 Acetyl-Gly[N- (2- (Benzyl) -Benzyl) ] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS: CI m/z 560.4 (M+H)+
Example 64.1.3 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (pyrrol-1-ylmethyl) - Benzyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; MS: CI m/z 535.3 (M+H)+
Example 64.2.2 [3- (Trifluoromethyl) -Benzyl] -Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-Cl0Hl6 HCl; MS: CI m/z 614.3 (M+H)+
Example 65 Piananediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ (4-phenyl)butanoyl]glycyl} l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 498.350313, obs.: (M+H)+ = '498.350585. Example 65.1.3 N-{N-methyl-N- [2- (pyrrol-1-ylmethyl) -Benzyl]glycyl} -1- amido-5-aπ.inopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt; MS: ESI m/z 601.3 (M+H)+
Example 66 N- {N-methyl-N- [ (4-phenyl)butanoyl]glycyl} -l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 390.256412, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 390.257428.
Example 66.1.1 Glutaryl- [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 422.3
Example 66.1.2 Glutaryl (3 , 3-Dimethyl) - [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 450.5
Example 66.1.3 Methyl Glutaryl (3 , 3-Dimethyl) - [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- OH HCl; MS (CDI) (M+H) + 490
Example 66.3.2
Methanesulfonyl-Gly- [Ν- (Ν- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 458.3
Example 67 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [N-methanesulphonyl-D- phenylalanyl] glycyl}-1-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 577.323113, obs.: (M+H)+ = 577.322891.
Example 67.1.2 Glutaryl (3,3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOH16; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 584.6
Example 67.1.3 Methyl Glutaryl (3, 3-Dimethyl) - [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 598.6
Example 67.3.2 Methanesylfonyl-Gly- [N- (N- (Methyl) -Benzyl) -Gly] -boroLys- C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H) + 592.3
Example 68 N- {N-methyl-N- [N-methanesulphonyl-D- phenylalanyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 469.229212, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 469.228962.
Example 68.2.1 Boc-Glu- [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH
Example 68.3.1 Succinyl- [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 408.3
Example 68.3.3 Methyl Succinyl- [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 422.3
Example 68.4.1
Methyl Glutaryl- [Ν- ( Phenethyl ) -Gly ] -boroLys-OH HCl ; MS (ESI ) (M+H) + 336 . 3
Example 68 . 4 . 2 Methanesulfonyl-Sar- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 457.0
Example 69 Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N-[3- (4- methylpheny1)propiony1]glycyl}-1-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H)+ = 498.350313, obs.: (M+H)+ = 498.349676.
Example 69.1.1
Glutaryl- [Ν- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOHlδ; MS (ESI) 1M+H)+ 556.4
Example 69.2.1 Boc-Glu- [Ν-(Phenethyl).-Gly]-boroLys-C10Hl6; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 671.6
Example 69.2.2 Boc-Asp-[N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOHlδ; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 657.6
Example 69.2.3 Boc-Glu(OCH3)- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOHlδ HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 685.6
Example 69.3.2
Methanesulfonyl-Gly- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CI) (M+H)+ 577
Example 69.4.1
Methyl Glutaryl- [N- ( Phenethyl ) -Gly] -boroLys-ClOHlδ HCl ; MS ( ESI ) (M+H ) + 570 . 5
Example 69 . 4 . 2 Methanesulfonyl-Sar- [N- (Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl; MS (NH3CI) (M+H)+ 591.4
Example 70 N-{ N-methyl-N-[3- (4-methylphenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-l- amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; HRMS calcd: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 390.256412, obs.: (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 390.256960.
Example 71
Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N- [ 2 - (methyl (4- methoxyphenyl) )benzoyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5-amino¬ pentaneboronate, hydrochloride acid salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 576.3.
Example 72 Pinanediol N-{ N-methyl-N-[2- (methyl (4- methylphenyl) )benzoyl]glycyl}-l-amido-5-amino- pentaneboronate, hydrochloride acid salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 560.5.
Example 72.1.3 Hydrocinnamoyl- [Ν- (Ν(CH3)2) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 379.0
Example 73
Pinanediol N-{N- ( (O-terϋ-butyl)methylenecarboxylate) - N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl] -glycyl}-l-amido-5- aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 584.
Example 73.1.2 Succinyl- [Ν- (3- (Methyl) -Phenethyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 556 Example 74 Pinanediol N- {N-methyl -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}- l-amido-4- (formamidino)butylboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H)+ = 497.
Example 75 N-{N-methyl -N- [ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-4- (N- methylguanidino)butylboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 418.3.
Example 75.3.1 (2- (2-Cyano) -Thiophenyl) -Benzoyl-Sar-boroArg-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 483.1
Example 76
N-{ N-methy1 -N-[ (3-phenyl)propionyl]glycyl}-1-amido-4- (formamidino)butylboronate, hydrochloride salt; LRMS (M+H, ethylene glycol ester)+ = 389.2.
Example 76.1.1
Hydrocinnamoyl-[Ν- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly]-boroLys (CH=ΝH) -OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 403.0
Example 77.1.1 Hydrocinnamoyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys (CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 537.3
Example 78.1.2 Phenoxyacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 378.3
Example 78.1.3 Thiophenacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-OH HCl; MS (ESI) (M+H)+ 394.2 Example 79.1.2 Phenoxyacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10Hl6 HCl; MS (NH3CD (M+H)+ 512.3
Example 79.1.3 Thiophenacetyl- [N- (Cyclopropyl) -Gly] -boroLys-C10H16 HCl; MS (NH3CI) (M+H)+ 528.3
Tables 1-79
Tahle 1
Foπnula I: A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidmyl ; R3 = table below ; R11 = CH3
/ P-
Table 2 Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidmyl ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CIl2(p-PhOH).
/ (£>-/
ibf
Table 3
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidinyl ; R3 = table below ; Rπ = -CH2CH2Ph.
lb<P
Ibl
Table 4
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidmyl ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -Ph.
i -τ
>9
/ ~7θ Table 5
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidinyl ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(napht -2-yl).
inf
/ *79-
Table 6
Formula' I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -CH2NH2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = CH3
j"7S
1*1*4
Table 7
Formula I : A = -B(0H)2 ; X = -CH2NH2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(p-PhOH).
/IT
X7C-
Formula I : A = -B(OIl)2 : X = CII2NII2; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2CII2PI1
n ~
nr able 9
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = CH NI : R3 = table below ; R11 = -Ph.
/7?
1 -
/*7
ir- Table 10
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -CH2NII2: R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(naphUι-2-yl).
/*3
ι\W
Table 11
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -SC(=NI-I)NH2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = CH3
ti f
I ft able 12
Foπnula I : A = -B(0H)2 ; X = -SC(=NH)NH2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(p-PhOH).
I tf
• St able 13
Formula I : A = -B(01I)2 : X = -SC(=NH)NIb ; R3 = table below ; R11 = - H2CIl2Ph.
/tf
J9σ
I Table 14
Formula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -SC(=NH)NH2; R3 = table below ; Rπ = -Ph
t ~'
/ Z 14.66 -OC O N O
Table 15
Foπnula I : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -SC(=NH)NH2 ; R3 = table below ; Rπ = -CH2(naphth-2-yl).
9V
(IS
Table 16
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = guanid yl ; R3 = table below ; R11 = CH3
/rc
/qn
Table 17
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = guanidinyl : R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(p-PhOH).
t
/??
OO Table 18
Formula I . A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = guanid yl ; R3 - table below ; R11 = -CH2CH2PI1.
Z-ol
έmO^
-o Table 19
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) : X = guanidinyl : R3 = table below ; R11 = -Ph.
D &
a^
Table 20
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = guanidmyl ; R 3-5 =- t,able below ; R .1111 = -CH2(naphth-2-yl)
H ϋQ?
-o
Table 21 Foπnula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -CII2NI b ; R3 = table below ; Rπ = CH3
<≤ OTΓ
3o
Q- 0 Table 22
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NII2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(p-PhOH).
//
Q.(θ~
5-/3 Table 23
Formula I : A = -B(pinanediol) : X = CH2NH2; R3 = table below ; Rflnl =__. -CH2CH2Ph.
-/
l≤
Table 24 Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = CH2NH2: R3 = table below ; R11 = -Ph.
5/<
377
Table 25
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -ClbNlb; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CIl2(naphd_-2-yl).
2-l t
/?
9- Table 26
Foπnula I : A = -B(pιnanedιol) , X = -SC(=NII)NH2 , RJ = table below , R .!11! =___ C, H3
33/
5£S 26.66 -OC O N O
Table 27
Foπnula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -SC(=NII)NIl2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CH2(ρ-PhOH).
9ZZ
3AV
«53^ Table 28
Formula I : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -SC(=NlI)NI-2 ; R3 = lable below ; R11 = -CH2CH2PI1
9-^^
33
Table 29
Formula I : A = -B(pmancdiol) ; X = -SC,=NII)Nlb. R3 = table below ;Rπ = -Ph
Q3K
0-21 able 30
Formula I : A = -B(pmanedιol) ; X = -SC(=NII)NIl2 ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CIl2(naphth-2-yl).
a__ o
Q3<
Table 31
Formula II : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = guanidmyl : Y = table below.
£-33-
33 Table 32
Foπnula II : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -CH2NH2 : Y = table below.
Table 33
Formula II : A = -B(01I)2 : X = -SC(=NII)NIb : Y = table below.
&2
Table 34
Formula II : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = guanidinyl ; Y = table below.
Z3X Table 35
Foπnula II : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -ClbNlb : Y = table below.
able 36
Formula II : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -SC(=N1I)NH2 : Y = table below.
Q-3(?
33H Table 37
Formula III : A = -B(OH)2 ; X = -CN : R3 = table below : Rπ = CH3
32-
3?
Table 38
Formula III : A = -B(0H)2 ; X = -CN ; R3 = table below ; R11 = -CII2CH2P.1.
m^Y a /
TqMe 3
Formula III : A = -B.OII.2 ; X = -CI^NIb ; RJ 3 =_ table below ; R .1111 == C, II3
J</S-
Q 3
-V Table 40
Foπnula III : A = -B(OII)2 , X = ClbNlb. R3 = table below : Rπ = -ClbCIbPh
H Ϊ
QL C-
Table 41 Formula III : A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -CN ; R3 = table below ; Rπ = CH3
av?
QtfY
S-X? Table 42
Formula HI : A = -B(pmanedιol) , X = -CN ; R3 = table below . Rπ = -CII2CH2PI.
3 -o
3 7
Table 43
Foraiula III : A = -B(pinanedιol) ; X = -ClbNlb : R3 = table below : Rπ = CH3
s^r-i able 44
Formula III : A = -B (pinanediol) : X = ClbNlb: R3 = table below :Rπ = -Clb_Cll2Ph.
s^( t ~^rs~
Table 45
Formula IV : A = -B(OII)2 : X = -CN : Y = table below.
OZT P able 46
Formula IV : A = -B(0II)9 : X = -ClbNlb : Y = table below.
ajf"? Table 47
Formula IV : A = -B(pinanedιol) : X = -CN : Y = table below.
ά isr Table 48
Formula IV : A = -B(pinanediol) : X = -ClbNlb : Y = table below.
3m_ ? Table 49
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X See Table below; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = -CH2CH2Ph
Table 50
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = See Table below; R 3 _ hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = -N(CH3)2
Table 51
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH NH2; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Table 52
Formula I: A = -B(OH) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = hydrocinnamoyl;
R11 = See Table below
>έø
Table 53
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Table 54
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Jώ/
Table 55
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -NHC (=NH)NH ; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Table 56
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -NHC (=NH)NH2; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Le ~-
Table 57
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -NHC(=NH)H; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
S(,3-
Table 58
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -NHC(=NH)H; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Table 59
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -NH2; R3 = hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
2c^
Table 60
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -NH2; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = See Table below
Table 61
Formula I: A = See Table below; X = -CH2NH2; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = -CH3
oL (*m_r
Table 62
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = See Table below; R3 2- (2-cyanothiophenyl) -benzoyl; R11 = -CH3
Table 63
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = See Table below; R3 2- (thiophenyl)benzoyl; R11 = -CH3
£ (*<*
Table 64
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NH ; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH3
Table 65
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH3
3 X7
Table 66
Formula I: A = -B(OH) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -N(CH3)CH2Ph
Table 67
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X -CH2NH2 ; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -N(CH3)CH2Ph
<3 c^
Table 68
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH CH2Ph
Table 69
Formula I: A = -B (pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH2CH2Ph
JCP^
Table 70
Formula I: A = See Table below; X = -CH2NH ; R3 = 2- (benzyl)benzoyl; R11 = -CH3
Table 71
Formula I: A = See Table below; X -CH2NH2; R3 = 2- (2- trifluoromethylbenzyl)benzoyl; R11 -CH3
3 ϊ<~ Table 72
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = See Table below; R3 hydrocinnamoyl; R11 = -N(CH3)
Table 73
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 -C(=0)CH2CH2C02H; R11 = See Table below
Table 74
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -NHC(=NH)NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH3
Q.
Table 75
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -NHC (=NH)NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -CH3
Table 76
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -CH NHC (=NH)H; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -cyclopropyl
Table 77
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NHC(=NH)H; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -cyclopropyl
<≡>13-
Table 78
Formula I: A = -B(OH)2; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; p>ll _ -cyclopropyl
Table 79
Formula I: A = -B(pinanediol) ; X = -CH2NH2; R3 = See Table below; R11 = -cyclopropyl
SEQUENCE LISTING (1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
( i ) APPLICANT : Galemmo , et al .
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: ELECTROPHILIC PEPTIDE ANALOGS AS INHIBITORS OF TRYPSIN LIKE ENZYMES
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 3 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: THE DUPONT MERCK PHARMACEUTICAL
COMPANY
(B) STREET: 1007 MARKET STREET LEGAL DEPARTMENT
(C) CITY: WILMINGTON
(D) STATE: DE
(E) COUNTRY: • U.S.A.
3 ^3 ( F ) ZIP : 19898
(v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: 3.50 INCH DISK
(B) COMPUTER: APPLE MACINTOSH
(C) OPERATING SYSTEM: APPLE MACINTOSH
(D) SOFTWARE: MICROSOFT WORD (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: N/A
(B) FILING DATE: HEREWITH
(C) CLASSIFICATION: (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: REINERT, NORBERT F.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 18,926
(C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: DM-6666 (ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 302-892-8867
(B) TELEFAX: 302-892-8536
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: 1 :
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 14
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULAR TYPE: peptide (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: synthetic (ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: thrombin inhibitor (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn 1 5 10
Gly
31 INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO: 2: (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 14
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) TOPOLOGY linear (ii) MOLECULAR TYPE: peptide (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: synthetic (ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION thrombin inhibitor (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2 :
Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn 1 5 10
Gly
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 14
(B) TYPE: amino acid
(C) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULAR TYPE: peptide (vi) ORIGINAL SOURCE: synthetic (ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: thrombin inhibitor (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3 :
Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Asn 1 5 10
Gly
3 <, zX Ut i l ity
The compounds which are described in the present invention represent a novel class of potent, reversible inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes. Trypsin-like enzymes are a group of proteases which hydrolyzed peptide bonds at basic residues liberating either a C- terminal arginyl or lysyl residue. Among these are enzymes of the blood coagulation and fibrinolytic system required for hemostasis. They are Factors II, X, VII, IX, XII, kallikrein, tissue plasminogen activators, urokinase-like plasminogen activator, and plasmin. Enzymes of the complement system, acrosin (required for fertilization) , pancreatic trypsin are also in this group. Elevated levels of proteolysis by these proteases can result in disease states. For example, consumptive coagulopathy, a condition marked by a decrease in the blood levels of enzymes of both the coagulation system, the fibrinolytic system and accompanying protease inhibitors is often f tal.
Intervention by a synthetic inhibitor would clearly be valuable. More specifically, proteolysis by thrombin is required for blood clotting. Inhibition of thrombin results in an effective inhibitor of blood clotting. The importance of an effective inhibitor of thrombin is underscored by the observation that conventional anticoagulants such as heparin (and its complex with the protein inhibitor, antithrombin III) are ineffective in blocking arterial thrombosis associated with myocardial infractions and other clotting disorders. However, a low molecular weight thrombin inhibitor, containing a different functionality, was effective in blocking arterial thrombosis (Hanson and Harker, Proc . Natl . Acad . Sci . U. S . A . 85, 3184 (1988) . Therefore, we have chosen to demonstrate utility of compounds in the inhibition of thrombin, both as in
3 <p buffered solutions and in plasma. Specifically, the compounds have utility as drugs for the treatment of diseases arising from elevated thrombin activity such as myocardial infarction, and as reagents used as anticoagulants in the processing of blood to plasma for diagnostic and other commercial purposes .
Compounds of the present invention are expected to be effective in the control of aberrant proteolysis and a number of accompanying disease states such as inflammation, pancretitis, and heritary angioedema. The effectiveness of compounds of the present invention as inhibitors of blood coagulation proteases was determined using purified human proteases and synthetic substrates following procedures similar to those described in Kettner et al. (1990) .
For these assays, the rate of enzymatic (thrombin, Factor Xa, and Factor Vila) hydrolysis of chromogenic substrates (S2238 (H-D-Phe-Pip-Arg-pNA) , S2222, and S2288, respectively; Kabi Pharmacia, Franklin, OH) was measured both in the absence and presence of compounds of the present invention. Hydrolysis of the substrate resulted in the release of pNA, which was monitored spectrophotometrically by measuring the increase in absorbance at 405 nM. A decrease in the rate of absorbance change at 405 nm in the presence of inhibitor is indicative of enzyme inhibition. The results of this assay are expressed as inhibitory constant, Ki .
Thrombin and Xa determinations were made in 0.10 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, containing 0.20 M
NaCl, and 0.5 % PEG 8000. Vila determinations were made in 0.05 M tris buffer, pH 7.6, containing 0.10 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl2, and 0.1% bovine serum albumin. The Michaelis constant, Km, for substrate hydrolysis was determined at 25 °C using the method -of Lineweaver and Burk.
<31 * Values of Ki were determined by allowing 0.2 - 0.5 nM human thrombin or human factor Xa (Enzyme Research Laboratories, South Bend, IN) , or 50 nM human factor Vila (BiosPacific, Emeryville, CA) react with the substrate (0.20 mM - 1 mM) in the presence of inhibitor. Reactions were allowed to go for 30 minutes and the velocities (rate of absorbance change vs time) were measured in the time frame of 25-30 minutes. The following relationship was used to calculate Ki values. v0-vs I
vs Ki (1 + S/Km)
where: v0 is the velocity of the control in the absence of inhibitor; vs is the velocity in the presence of inhibitor; I is the concentration of inhibitor; Ki is the dissociation constant of the enzyme: inhibitor complex;
S is the concentration of substrate; Km is the Michaelis constant.
Using the methodology described above, representative compounds of this invention were evaluated and found to exhibit a Ki of less 500 μM thereby confirming the utility of compounds of the invention as effective inhibitors of human blood coagulation proteases. The results of these assays are summarized in Table 80, where +++ indicates a Ki < 500 nM; ++ indicates a Ki < 50,000 nM; and + indicates a Ki 500,000 < nM; - indicates inactive.
Table 80. Ki values for inhibition of Serine Proteases by compounds of the present invention.
a z Ex No. Thrombin Fa
?
QS-o
-087
3≤r-3-

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
A compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is
a) -(C1-C12 alkyl)-X,
b) -(C1-C12 alkenyl)-X, or
c)
;
X is
a) halogen,
b) -CN,
c) -NO2,
d) -CF3,
e) -NH2,
f) -NHOR2,
g) -NHC(=NH)R2,
h) -NHC(=NH)NHOH,
i) -NHC(=NH)NHNH2,
j) -NHC(=NH)NHCN,
) -NHC(=NH)NHR2,
j) -NHC(=NH)NHCOR2, k) -C(=NH)NHR2'
1) -C(=NH)NHC0R2'
m) -C(=O)NHR2,
n) -CO2R2,
o) -OR2,
p) -OCF3,
q) -S( O )rR2,
r) -SC(=NH)NHR2 , or
s) -SC(=NH)NHC(=O)R2
R2 is
a) hydrogen, or
b) C1-C4 alkyl; R3 is
a) -C(=O)-aryl,
b) -C(=O)-(CH2)p-CR6R7-(CH2)q-aryl,
c) -C(=O)-(C2-C5 alkenyl)-aryl,
d) -C(=O)-W-CR8R9-aryl, with the proviso that W cannot be a bivalent oxygen atom, e) -C(=O)-CR8R9-W-(CH2)r-aryl, with the proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NC(=O)R4-, f) -C(=O)-heteroaryl,
g) -C (=O)-(CH2)p-CR6R7-(CH2)q-heteroaryl,
h) -C(=O)-(C2-C5 alkenyl)-heteroaryl,
i) -C(=O)-W-CR8R9-heteroaryl,
j) -C(=O)-CR8R9-W-(CH2)r-heteroaryl, with the
proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NC(=O)R4-, k) -C(=O)-heterocycle,
1) -C(=O)-(CH2)p-CR6R7-(CH2)q-heterocycle,
m) -C(=O)-(C2-C5 alkenyl)-heterocycle,
n) -C(=O)-W-CR8R9-heterocycle,
o) -C(=O)-CR8R9-W-(CH2)r-heterocycle, with the
proviso that W cannot be -NR4- or -NCOR4-, p) -C(=O)-(CH2)t-adamantyl, q) -C(=O)-(CH2)t-(C5-C7 cycloalkyl),
r) -C(=O)-(CH2)t-W-(C5-C7 cycloalkyl),
s)
, wherein aryl is limited to phenyl, t) ,ι wherein ary. is limited to phenyl, u)
,
v)
, w)
, x) , with the proviso that R13 cannot be -N(C1-C4 alkyl)2 when A is -C(=O)R14, y) ,
z)
, aa) , bb) , cc)
, dd) , ee) , ff)
,
gg) , hh) , ii) , wherein aryl is limted to phenyl; jj) -(C(=O)-(CR8R9)-NR11')v-R11;
kk) -(C(=O)-(CR8R9)-NR11')v-C(=O)R11;
ll) -(C(=O)-(CR8R9)-NR11')v-C(=S)R11;
mm) ;
nn)
; oo) -C(=O)-(CR8R9)-NHS(O)rR8;
pp) ; or
qq)
R4 and R5 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisitng of : a) hydrogen,
b) C1-C4 alkyl,
c) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-aryl, or
d) C5-C7 cycloalkyl;
R6, R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of :
a) hydrogen,
b) C1-C4 alkyl,
c) C1-C4 alkoxy,
d) aryl,
e) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -aryl,
f) -(C1-C4 alkyl) -heterocycle,
g) -O-aryl,
h) -(CH2)p-CO2R4,
i) R6 and R7 can be taken together to form a (C2- C7) alkyl, or
j) R8 and R9 can be taken together to form a (C2- C7) alkyl;
R10 is:
phenyl, wherein phenyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C7-C15 alkylaryl, C7-C15 alkoxyaryl, methylenedioxy, -NO2, -CF3, -SH, -S( O )r-(C1-C4 alkyl), CN, -OH, -NH2, -NH(C1-C4 alkyl), -N(C1-C4 alkyl) 2, -NHCOR4, -(CH2)p-CO2R4; R11 is:
a) C1-C4 alkyl,
b) C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
c) -OR4,
d) -NR15R16,
e) -NC(=O)R15R16,
f) -NR15C(=O)OR4, g) aryl,
h) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-aryl, i) heteroaryl,
j ) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-heteroaryl, k) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-CO2R4'
1) heterocycle,
m) -(C1-C4 alkyl)heterocycle, n)
, o )
, p)
,
q ) , or r)
; R3 and R11, when taken together to form a ring bonded to the nitrogen:
a)
,
b)
X ,
c)
, d) , e)
, f)
g) , h) ;
R4 and R11 can also be taken together to form -(CH2)2-;
R11' is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of:
a) hydrogen;
b) C1-C4 alkyl
c) -OR4
d) -NR15R16
e) -NC(=O)R15R16
f) -NR15C(=O)OR4
g) aryl,
h) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-aryl,
i) heteroaryl,
j) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-heteroaryl,
k) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-CO2R4'
l) heterocycle,
m) -(C1-C4 alkyl)heterocycle,
R13 is independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of:
a) hydrogen
b) halogen,
c) C1-C4 alkyl,
d) C1-C4 alkoxy,
e) methylenedioxy,
f) -NO2,
g) -CF3, h) -SH,
i) -S(O)r-(C1-C4 alkyl),
j) -CN,
k) -OH,
l) -NH2,
m) -NH(C1-C4 alkyl),
n) -N(C1-C4 alkyl)2,
o) -NHC(=O)R4, or
p) -(CH2)p-CO2R4; 14 is :
a) -CF3,
b) -CHF2,
c) -CH2F,
d) -CH2Cl,
e) -C(=O)OR4,
f) -C(=O)NR15R16,
g) -C(=O)R4,
h) -C(=O)COOR4,
i) -C(=O)C(=O)NR15R16,
j) -C(=O)C(=O)R4 ,
k) -CY3Y4COOR4 ,
l) -CY3Y4C(=O)NR15R16, or
m) -CY3Y4C(=O)R4;
R15 and R16 are independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of :
a) hydrogen,
b) C1-C4 alkyl,
c) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-aryl,
d) C5-C7 cycloalkyl, or
e) phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted by R13;
R15 and R16 taken together to form a ring can also include:
a) , or b) ;
R17 is:
a hydrogen,
b) C1-C4 alkyl,
c) aryl,
d) -(C1-C4 alkyl)-aryl, or e) C5-C7 cycloalkyl;
R18 is:
a) hydrogen,
b) -(C1-C5) alkyl, or
c) -(C1-C5) haloalkyl, d) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
R19 is:
a) hydrogen,
b) -(C1-C5) alkyl,
c) halo, or
d) -(C1-C5) haloalkyl, e) -NO2,
f) -NR4R5,
g) -CN,
h) -(C1-C5) alkoxy;
R20 is
a) hydrogen; or
b) -N2 with amine protecting; A is :
a) -BY1Y2, or
b) -C(=O)R14,
c) C(OH) R14R18''
W is
a) -O-,
b) -S(O)r-,
c) -NR4-, or
d) -NC(=O)R4-;
Y1 and Y2 are
a) -OH,
b) -F,
c) -NR4R5,
d) C1-C8 alkoxy, or
when taken together Y1 and Y2 form:
e) a cyclic boron ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N,
S, or O,
f) a cyclic boron amide where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O,
g) a cyclic boron amide-ester where said chain or ring contains from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and, optionally, 1-3 heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
Y3 and Y4 are
a) -OH or
b) -F; n is 0 or 1;
p is 0 to 3; q is 0 to 4
r is 0 to 2
t is 1 to 3
v is 1 to 17; wherein aryl is defined as phenyl, fluorenyl, biphenyl and naphthyl, which may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents; heteroaryl is 2-, or 3-, or 4-pyridyl; 2-or 3-furyl; 2- or 3-benzofuranyl; 2-, or 3-thiophenyl; 2- or 3-benzofb]thiophenyl; 2-, or 3-, or 4-quinolinyl; 1-, or 3-, or 4-isoquinolinyl; 2- or 3-pyrrolyl; 1- or 2- or 3- indolyl; 2-, or 4-, or 5-oxazolyl; 2-benzoxazolyl ; 2- or 4- or 5-imidazolyl; 1- or 2- benzimidazolyl; 2-or 4- or 5-thiazolyl; 2-benzothiazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5- isoxazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-pyrazolyl; 3- or 4- or 5-isothiazolyl; 3- or 4-pyridazinyl; 2- or 4- or 5-pyrimidinyl; 2-pyrazinyl; 2-triazinyl; 3- or 4cinnolinyl; 1-phthalazinyl; 2- or 4-quinazolinyl; or 2-quinoxalinyl ring; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three
substituents . heterocycle is tetrahydroisoquinoline,
tetrahydroquinoline, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine, piperazine,
morpholino; said ring(s) may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three
substituents. the substituents that may be attached to the aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycle ring(s) may be independently selected at each occurrence from the group consisting of:
halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, methylenedioxy, -NO2, -CF3, -SH, -S( O )r-(C1-C4 alkyl), CN, -OH, -NH2, -NH(C1-C4 alkyl), -N(C1-C4 alkyl)2, -NHC(=O)R4, -(CH2)p- CO2R4, phenyl which may be unsubstituted or substituted with R13.
2. A compound of claim 1 wherein: A is -BY1Y2; heteroaryl is 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl; 2-, or 3-furyl; 2-, or 3 -thiophenyl; 2-, 3-, or 4-quinolinyl; or 1-, 3-, or 4-isoquinolinyl which may be unsubstitued or include optional substitution with one to three substituents; heterocycle is 1-, 3-, or 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 2-or 3-pyrrolidinyl, and 2-, 3- or 4-piperidinyl which may be unsubstituted or include optional substitution with one to three substituents.
3. A compound of claim 2 selected from the group consisting of:
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroOrn(CH=NH)- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroOrn(CH=NH)-OH
HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroArg(CH3)-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2)-Gly]-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N(CH3)2)-Gly]-boroOrn(CH=NH)-C10H16 HCl
Methanesulfonyl-Sar-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Methanesulfonyl-Sar-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl Methanesulfonyl-Gly-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16
HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(3-(Methyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(3-(Methyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys- OH HCl
Succinyl-[N-(3-(Methyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2-(Cyclopropyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2-(Cyclopropyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2-(Cyclopropyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroOrn(CH=NH)-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Diethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys[C(=O)-C(=O)-OH]
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2)3-Br]- C10H16
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2)4)- Br]-C10H16
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10H16 HBr (2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2)3-N3]- C10H16
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-borohomoIrg-C10H16 HBr
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroGly[CH2)4)- N3]-C10H16 (2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl (2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-borohomoArg-C10H16
HCl
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroArg-C10H16 HCl (2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn(CH=NH)- C10H16 HCl
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys(CH=NH)- C10H16 HCl
2-Benzyl-(N-Benzyl)-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl
2-Thiophenyl-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys(CH=NH)-C10H16
2-(Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroIrg-C10H16 HBr
2-(Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl
2-(Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroOrn(CH=NH) -C10H16 HCl Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N-[2-(Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl]Sar}- 1-amido-5-thiocyanatobutane boronate
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Acetyl-Gly[N-(2-(Benzyl)-Benzyl)]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Pinanediol N-{N-methyl-N-[2-(pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)- Benzyl]glycyl}-1-amido-5-aminopentaneboronate, hydrochloride salt
N-{N-methyl-N-[2-(pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)-Benzyl]glycyl}-1- amido-5-aminopentaneboronic acid, hydrochloride salt2-(2-(Trifluoromethyl)-Benzyl)-Benzoyl-Sar- Lys-C(=O)-NHNH2 2 HCl
2-(Benzyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=O)-NHNH2 2 HCl
[3-(Trifluoromethyl)-Benzyl]-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16
HCl
3-(3-(Chloro)-Benzyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys(Z)-C(=O)-O-(CH2)2-NH(Z)
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=O)-O-(CH2)2-NH2 2 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys(Z)-C(=O)-OCH3
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=O)-OCH3 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys-C(=O)-CH3 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys(Z)-H
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NHCH(CH2OH)(-CH2)4-NH(Z)
Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-NHCH(CH2OH)(CH2)4-NH2 Hydrocinnamoyl-Sar-Lys[CH(OH)(OCH3)-C(=O)-OCH3] HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroOrn(CH=NH)-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroOrn(CH=NH)- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys(CH=NH)- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys(CH=NH)-OH
HCl
Phenoxyacetyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Thiophenacetyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Phenoxyacetyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl Thiophenacetyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Phenyl)-Gly]-boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Phenyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH
HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Benzyl)-Gly]-boroLys- C10H16 HCl
Glutaryl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl
Glutaryl(3,3-Dimethyl)-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys- C10H16
Methyl Glutaryl(3,3-Dimethyl)-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Glutaryl(3,3-Dimethyl)-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH Methyl Glutaryl(3,3-Dimethyl)-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Boc-Asp-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16
Boc-Glu-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16
Boc-Glu(OCH3)-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Boc-Glu-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Benzyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl
Methanesylfonyl-Gly-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Benzyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Methanesulfonyl-Gly-[N-(N-(Methyl)-Benzyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Succinyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Methyl Succinyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Succinyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH
Methyl Succinyl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl Glutaryl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16
Methyl Glutaryl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Methyl Glutaryl-[N-(Phenethyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl
[N-(-C( O )(CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2CH2Ph)]-Gly-boroLys-OH
[N-(-C( O )(CH2)2Ph)- N-(CH2C(CH3)2Ph)]-Gly-boroLys-OH
[N-(-C( O )(CH2)2Ph)-N-(CH2C(ethanediyl)Ph)]-Gly-boroLys- OH
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2-(Cyclopropyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroArg-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2-(Cyclopentyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
(2-(2-Cyano)-Thiophenyl)-Benzoyl-Sar-boroArg-OH HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroOrn-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroArg-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroOrn(CH=NH)-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroArg-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroOrn(CH=NH)-OH HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroOrn-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(2,2-(Dimethyl)-Phenethyl)-Gly]- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}- boroOrn-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}- boroLys-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2,2-(Dimethyl)-2-(3,5dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}-boroArg-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2,2-(Dimethyl)-2-(3,5dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}-boroOrn(CH=NH)-C10H16
HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}- boroArg-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-{N-[2-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-ethyl]-Gly}- boroOrn(CH=NH)-C10H16 HCl
Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclohexyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclopropyl)-Gly]-boroLys-C10H16 HCl Hydrocinnamoyl-[N-(Cyclohexyl)-Gly]-boroLys-OH HCl
4. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically suitable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
5. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically suitable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 2.
6. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically suitable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 3.
7. A method of treating a physiological
disorder in a warm blooded animal catalyzed by trypsin-like enzymes comprising administering to an animal in need such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
8. A method of treating a physiological disorder in a warm blooded animal catalyzed by trypsin-like enzymes comprising administering to an animal in need such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 2.
9. A method of treating a physiological
disorder in a warm blooded animal catalyzed by trypsin-like enzymes comprising administering to an animal in need such treatment an effective amount of a compound of claim 3.
EP94930595A 1993-10-07 1994-10-06 Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes Withdrawn EP0724446A4 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13325193A 1993-10-07 1993-10-07
US133251 1993-10-07
US13944593A 1993-10-20 1993-10-20
US139445 1993-10-20
PCT/US1994/011280 WO1995009634A1 (en) 1993-10-07 1994-10-06 Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP0724446A1 true EP0724446A1 (en) 1996-08-07
EP0724446A4 EP0724446A4 (en) 1998-01-07

Family

ID=26831202

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP94930595A Withdrawn EP0724446A4 (en) 1993-10-07 1994-10-06 Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0724446A4 (en)
AU (1) AU7966494A (en)
CA (1) CA2174314C (en)
IL (1) IL111175A0 (en)
WO (1) WO1995009634A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL109319A0 (en) * 1993-04-27 1994-07-31 Du Pont Merck Pharma Amidino and guanidino substituted boronic acid compounds
US5885967A (en) * 1994-03-04 1999-03-23 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
US5707966A (en) * 1994-03-04 1998-01-13 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
US5602101A (en) * 1994-03-04 1997-02-11 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
US5726159A (en) * 1994-03-04 1998-03-10 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
CA2143533A1 (en) * 1994-03-04 1995-09-05 Kenneth D. Kurz Antithrombotic agents
ZA951618B (en) * 1994-03-04 1996-08-27 Lilly Co Eli Antithrombotic agents
US5705487A (en) * 1994-03-04 1998-01-06 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
FR2721611B1 (en) * 1994-06-22 1996-09-27 Adir New peptide derivatives of boronic acid, their process of preparation and the pharmaceutical compositions which contain them.
US5710130A (en) * 1995-02-27 1998-01-20 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
US5914319A (en) * 1995-02-27 1999-06-22 Eli Lilly And Company Antithrombotic agents
US6211154B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-04-03 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Ketoheterocyclic inhibitors of factor Xa
US6069130A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-05-30 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Ketoheterocyclic inhibitors of factor Xa
US6022861A (en) * 1995-06-07 2000-02-08 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Ketoheterocyclic inhibitors of factor Xa
US5919765A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-07-06 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of factor XA
US6046169A (en) * 1995-06-07 2000-04-04 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of factor XA
US5721214A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-02-24 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of factor Xa
US5952306A (en) * 1996-01-16 1999-09-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Integrin receptor antagonists
US6245743B1 (en) 1996-06-05 2001-06-12 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of factor Xa
JP2001524074A (en) 1997-03-13 2001-11-27 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・パブリック・リミテッド・カンパニー Pyrrolidine and thiazole derivatives having metal-β-lactamase inhibitory properties
US6294549B1 (en) 1997-07-23 2001-09-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for eliciting an αvβ5 or dual αvβ3/αvβ5 antagonizing effect
EP1206449A1 (en) * 1999-07-26 2002-05-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US7122627B2 (en) 1999-07-26 2006-10-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US7371729B2 (en) 2002-09-09 2008-05-13 Trigen Limited Boronic acid salts useful in parenteral formulations
EP1561466A3 (en) * 2002-09-09 2006-08-23 Trigen Limited Boronic acid salts and use thereof in the preparation of medicaments for treating thrombosis
US7576206B2 (en) 2003-08-14 2009-08-18 Cephalon, Inc. Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same
US7223745B2 (en) 2003-08-14 2007-05-29 Cephalon, Inc. Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same
US7417040B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2008-08-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused tricyclic compounds as inhibitors of 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 3
US7468383B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2008-12-23 Cephalon, Inc. Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same
US7727978B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2010-06-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclic 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I inhibitors
US8119658B2 (en) 2007-10-01 2012-02-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Triazolopyridine 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I inhibitors
US20100311690A1 (en) 2007-12-03 2010-12-09 Obe Therapy Biotechnology Boropeptide inhibitors of enteropeptidase and their uses in treatment of obesity, overweight and/or diseases associated with an abnormal fat metabolism
MX2010010233A (en) * 2008-03-19 2011-03-15 Aurimmed Pharma Inc Star Novel compounds advantageous in the treatment of central nervous system diseases and disorders.
US10793515B2 (en) 2008-03-19 2020-10-06 Aurimmed Pharma, Inc. Compounds advantageous in the treatment of central nervous system diseases and disorders
RU2010142655A (en) * 2008-03-19 2012-04-27 Ауриммед Фарма, Инк. (Us) COMPOUND SUITABLE FOR TREATMENT OF DISEASES AND DISORDERS OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR ITS OBTAINING
EP2516449A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-10-31 Cephalon, Inc. Proteasome inhibitors and processes for their preparation, purification and use
KR101207742B1 (en) * 2010-10-14 2012-12-03 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 Labeling reagent and analytical methods for simultaneous peptide sequencing and multiplexed protein quantification using thereof
CN103228621B (en) * 2010-08-23 2016-06-15 浦项工科大学校产学协力团 Labelled reagent and utilize its polypeptide and the order-checking of albumen and quantivative approach
WO2013092979A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Ares Trading S.A. Alpha-amino boronic acid derivatives, selective immunoproteasome inhibitors
ES2811273T3 (en) 2014-10-01 2021-03-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Boronic acid derivatives
SG11201702620SA (en) * 2014-10-01 2017-04-27 Merck Patent Gmbh Boronic acid derivatives
SG11201702628XA (en) * 2014-10-01 2017-04-27 Merck Patent Gmbh Boronic acid derivatives
US10294246B2 (en) * 2014-10-01 2019-05-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Substituted boronic acids and boronate esters as immunoproteasome inhibitors
KR20230153504A (en) 2016-06-21 2023-11-06 오리온 옵탈몰로지 엘엘씨 Heterocyclic prolinamide derivatives
US10526315B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2020-01-07 Orion Ophthalmology LLC Carbocyclic prolinamide derivatives
WO2018136401A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Principia Biopharma Inc. Immunoproteasome inhibitors
JP7333321B2 (en) * 2017-11-16 2023-08-24 プリンシピア バイオファーマ インコーポレイテッド immunoproteasome inhibitor
AU2018367515B2 (en) 2017-11-16 2023-04-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Immunoproteasome inhibitors

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0471651A2 (en) * 1990-08-13 1992-02-19 Sandoz Ltd. Peptide boronic acid derivatives having protease inhibiting activity
WO1992007869A1 (en) * 1990-11-06 1992-05-14 Thrombosis Research Institute Inhibitors and substrates of thrombin
EP0504064A1 (en) * 1991-03-15 1992-09-16 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. Novel thrombin inhibitors
EP0293881B1 (en) * 1987-06-05 1993-03-10 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases
WO1994021650A1 (en) * 1993-03-24 1994-09-29 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Boronic acid and ester inhibitors of thrombin
WO1994025049A1 (en) * 1993-04-27 1994-11-10 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Amidino and guanidino substituted boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4537773A (en) * 1983-12-05 1985-08-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company α-Aminoboronic acid derivatives
EP0315574A3 (en) * 1987-11-05 1990-08-22 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Renin inhibitors

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0293881B1 (en) * 1987-06-05 1993-03-10 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases
EP0471651A2 (en) * 1990-08-13 1992-02-19 Sandoz Ltd. Peptide boronic acid derivatives having protease inhibiting activity
WO1992007869A1 (en) * 1990-11-06 1992-05-14 Thrombosis Research Institute Inhibitors and substrates of thrombin
EP0504064A1 (en) * 1991-03-15 1992-09-16 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. Novel thrombin inhibitors
WO1994021650A1 (en) * 1993-03-24 1994-09-29 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Boronic acid and ester inhibitors of thrombin
WO1994025049A1 (en) * 1993-04-27 1994-11-10 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Amidino and guanidino substituted boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CLAESON G ET AL: "NOVEL PEPTIDE MIMETICS AS HIGHLY EFFICIENT INHIBITORS OF THROMBIN BASED ON MODIFIED D-PHE-PRO-ARG SEQUENCES" AMERICAN PEPTIDE SYMPOSIUM, 1992, page 824/825 XP000609384 *
ELGENDY S ET AL: "NEW PEPTIDE BORONIC ACID INHIBITORS OF THROMBIN" TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 33, no. 29, 14 July 1992, pages 4209-4212, XP000609104 *
MATTESON, D.S.: "(R)-1-acetamido-2-phenylethaneboronic acid" JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY., vol. 103, 1981, DC US, pages 5241-5242, XP000609113 *
See also references of WO9509634A1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL111175A0 (en) 1994-12-29
EP0724446A4 (en) 1998-01-07
CA2174314C (en) 2000-04-11
AU7966494A (en) 1995-05-01
WO1995009634A1 (en) 1995-04-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0724446A1 (en) Electrophilic peptide analogs as inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes
KR910003619B1 (en) Peptide boronic acid innibitors of trypsin like proteases
US5384410A (en) Removal of boronic acid protecting groups by transesterification
EP0260118B1 (en) Selective amidination of diamines
CA2200192C (en) Amidino and guanidino substituted inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes
WO1995009858A1 (en) Dipeptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes
SI9200332A (en) Method for making of prolinboronate ester
JPH0717675B2 (en) α-aminoboronic acid peptide
JPH07504158A (en) Inhibitor of dipeptidyl-aminopeptidase type IV
NZ275037A (en) Substituted tetra- and pentapeptide inhibitors of protein as farnesyl transferase inhibitors
WO2002048157A2 (en) Imidazolidinones and their related derivatives as hepatitis c virus ns3 protease inhibitors
WO2019069978A1 (en) Method for producing peptide compound
WO1995009859A1 (en) Boropeptide inhibitors of thrombin which contain a substituted pyrrolidine ring
EP0345359B1 (en) Novel hydroxamic acid derivative
JPH0832717B2 (en) Method for producing glutamine derivative
CA2161216A1 (en) Amidino and guanidino substituted boronic acid inhibitors of tryspin-like enzymes
US5639739A (en) Imidazole containing aminoboronic acids
JPH0354957B2 (en)
HU205770B (en) Process for producing renin inhibiting dipeptide derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
US5462964A (en) Dipeptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes
JP2899327B2 (en) New peptidase substrate analogs
KR20220151166A (en) Efficient Preparation of Dolastatin and Auristatin Analogs via Common Intermediates
US6329502B1 (en) β-amino-α-hydroxycarboxylic acid derivatives and HIV protease inhibitors
US6127340A (en) Serine protease inhibitors
HU220756B1 (en) Benzimidazole derivatives usable as thioacylating reagents and process for producing them

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 19960328

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE

A4 Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched

Effective date: 19971121

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A4

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE

RHK1 Main classification (correction)

Ipc: C07K 5/06

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: DUPONT PHARMACEUTICALS COMPANY

RAP3 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: DUPONT PHARMACEUTICALS COMPANY

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 19991116

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAH Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20010710